Disclaimer

This document is the copyrighted property of ASAM e.V. In alteration to the regular license terms, ASAM allows unrestricted distribution of this standard. §2 (1) of ASAM’s regular license terms is therefore substituted by the following clause: "The licensor grants everyone a basic, non-exclusive and unlimited license to use the standard ASAM OpenDRIVE".

免责声明

ASAM e.V. 拥有该文档的版权。

任何使用均局限于许可条款 (https://www.asam.net/license) 所描述的范围内。在常规许可条款的基础上,ASAM允许该标准不受限制地被分发。因此,ASAM常规许可条款 license terms 的 §2 (1) 可被以下条例所替代:许可方授予每个人使用标准ASAM OpenDRIVE的基本、非排他性和无限制许可。

1. Foreword 前言

ASAM OpenDRIVE provides the exchange format specification to describe static road networks for driving simulation applications. The primary task of ASAM OpenDRIVE is the road description including objects along the road. The OpenDRIVE Specification covers the description on how to model e.g. roads, lanes, junctions. Dynamic content is not coverd by ASAM OpenDRIVE

ASAM OpenDRIVE描述了驾驶仿真应用所需的静态道路交通网络(以下简称路网)并提供了标准交换格式说明文档。该标准的主要任务是对道路及道路上的物体进行描述。OpenDRIVE说明文档涵盖对如道路、车道、交叉路口等内容进行建模的描述,但该说明文档中并不包含动态内容。

1.1. Deliverables of the OpenDRIVE specification 说明文档的可交付内容

The following deliverables are provided for OpenDRIVE:

  • File format specification

  • XML schemas

  • UML model

  • Sample files (UseCases and Examples)

  • Example implementations

  • Reference implementations spiral

  • Signal Base catalog for OpenDRIVE

OpenDRIVE可交付以下内容:

  • 文件格式说明文档

  • XML模式

  • UML模型

  • 示例文件(应用案例和示例)

  • 示例实现

  • 引用实现的螺旋线

  • 用于OpenDRIVE的标志库目录

2. Introduction 介绍

2.1. Overview 概要

The OpenDRIVE format provides a common base for describing road networks with Extensible Markup Language (XML) syntax, with the file extension xodr. The data that is stored in an OpenDRIVE file describes the geometry of roads as well as features along the roads that influence the logics, for example, lanes and signals. The road networks that are described in the OpenDRIVE file can either be synthetic or real. The main purpose of OpenDRIVE is to provide a road network description that can be fed into simulations and to make these road network descriptions exchangeable.

OpenDRIVE格式使用文件拓展名为xodr的可扩展标记语言(XML)作为描述路网的基础。存储在OpenDRIVE文件中的数据描述了道路的几何形状以及可影响路网逻辑的相关特征(features),例如车道和标志。OpenDRIVE中描述的路网可以是人工生成或来自于真实世界的。OpenDRIVE的主要目的是提供可用于仿真的路网描述,并使这些路网描述之间可以进行交换。

The format is organized in nodes that can be extended with user defined data. This facilitates a high degree of specialization for individual applications (usually simulations) while maintaining the interoperability that is required for the exchange of data between different applications.

该格式将通过节点(nodes)而被构建,用户可通过自定义的数据扩展节点。这使得各类应用(通常为仿真)具有高度的针对性,同时还保证不同应用之间在交换数据时所需的互通性。

2.2. Normative and non-normative statements and deliverables 规范和非规范的声明与可交付内容

This specification uses a standard information structure. The following rules apply regarding normativity of sections:

  • Statements expressed as requirements, permissions, or prohibitions according to the use of modal verbs, as defined in "2.3.3 Modal verbs", are normative.

  • UML diagrams from the OpenDRIVE UML model are normative.

  • Rules for OpenDRIVE data structures in "Rules" sections are normative.

  • XML examples and use case descriptions are non-normative.

本说明文档使用标准信息结构。以下规则适用于确认章节的规范性:

  • 根据“ 2.3.3情态动词”的定义,使用不同情态动词来声明“要求、允许或禁止”是规范的。

  • OpenDRIVE UML模型中的UML图表是规范的。

  • “规则”小节中的OpenDRIVE数据结构规则是规范的。

  • XML示例和应用案例描述属于非规范。

2.3. Conventions 惯例

2.3.1. Naming Conventions 命名惯例

In this document, the following conventions apply:

data types are given according to IEEE standard

以下惯例适用于此文件:

data types 是根据IEEE标准规定的。

2.3.2. Units 单位

Unless stated otherwise, all numeric values within this specification are in SI units, for example:

  • position/distance in [m]

  • angles in [rad]

  • time in [s]

  • speed in [m/s]

如无另外说明,本说明文档中的所有数值均采用SI单位,例如:

  • 位置/距离单位为[m]

  • 角度单位为[rad]

  • 时间单位为[s]

  • 速度单位为[m/s]

Geographic positions are stated in the unit defined by the spatial coordinate system, for example, in accordance with WGS 84 – EPSG 4326 [1].

地理位置用空间坐标系定义的单位来说明,可遵循例如WGS 84 – EPSG 4326 [1]坐标系。

Some data elements allow you to explicitly state the unit of a given value. If the unit is not given or if there is no means to state the unit, SI units apply. The following units may be used in explicit assignments:

用户可以直接定义某些数据的数量单位。如果数量单位没有被明确定义或无法被解析,则将默认采用SI单位。以下单位可(may)用于直接定义数据:

Table/表 1. Units 单位
Category
类别
Description
描述
Identifier
标识符

distance

距离

meter

m

kilometer

公里

km

feet

英尺

ft

land mile

陆地英里

mile

Speed

速度

meters per second

米/秒

m/s

miles per hour

英里/小时

mph

kilometers per hour

公里/小时

km/h

Mass

重量

kilogram

公斤

kg

metric tons

公吨

t

Slope

坡度

percent

百分比

%

These optional units shall be used for purposes of signage and speed indication only. They shall not be used as general units, for example, to define road geometry, etc.

这些可选的单位只能(shall)作为指示牌以及速度标明使用。它们不能(shall not)作为通用单位使用,比如不能用来定义道路几何形状或其他内容。

2.3.3. Modal verbs 情态动词

To ensure compliance with the OpenDRIVE standard, users need to be able to distinguish between mandatory requirements, recommendations, permissions, as well as possibilities and capabilities.

为确保符合OpenDRIVE标准,用户需要通过文中的情态动词来辨别强制性要求、建议、允许以及可能性和能力。

The following rules for using modal verbs apply:

在使用情态动词时,以下规则适用:

Table/表 2. Rules for using modal verbs 情态动词的使用规则
Provision 规定 Verbal form 情态动词

Requirement 强制性要求
Requirements shall be followed strictly in order to be conform to the standard. Deviations are not allowed.

需严格遵守要求以便符合该标准,不得违背。

shall
shall not

Recommendation 建议
Recommendations indicate that among several possibilities, one is recommended as particularly suitable, without mentioning or excluding others.

建议指的是建议多种可能性中最合适的一种,但不提及或排除其他可能性。

should
should not

Permission 许可
Permissions indicate a course of action permissible within the limits of OpenDRIVE deliverables.

指的是在OpenDRIVE可交付内容的范围内允许采取的措施。

may
need not

Possibility and capability 可能性和能力
These verbal forms are used for stating possibilities or capabilities, being technical, material, physical, or others.

这些语言形式用于说明技术、材料、物理或其他方面的可能性或可行性。

can
can not

Obligation and necessity 义务与必要性
These verbal forms are used to describe legal, organizational, or technical obligations and necessities that are not regulated or enforced by the OpenDRIVE standard.

此类语言形式用于描述OpenDRIVE以外的法律、组织或技术的义务和必要性。

must
must not

2.3.4. Typographic conventions 拼写惯例

This documentation uses the following typographical conventions:

此文档使用以下拼写惯例:

Table/表 3. Typographical conventions 拼写惯例
Mark-up + 标记 Definition
定义

Code elements

This format is used for code elements, such as technical names of classes and attributes, as well as attribute values.

此格式用于代码元素,例如类和属性的技术名称以及属性值。

Code snippets

This format is used for excerpts of code that serve as an example for implementation.

此格式用于摘录作为实现示例的代码。

Terms

This format is used to introduce glossary terms, new terms and to emphasize terms.

此格式用于介绍术语表及新术语并对术语进行强调。

Mathematical elements

This format is used for calculations and mathematical elements.

此格式用于计算和数学元素。

<element>

This describes a tag for an element within the XML specification

此标记用于描述XML说明文档中的元素的标签。

@attribute

The "@" identifies an attribute of any OpenDRIVE element

“ @”用于标明任意OpenDRIVE元素的属性。

The OpenDRIVE structure diagrams are modeled according to the Unified Modeling Language (UML). For detailed information on UML, see Booch et al. (1997).

OpenDRIVE结构图的建模根据统一建模语言(UML)来进行。有关UML的详细信息,请参见Booch et al.(1997)。

img1
Figure 1. UML notation (see ISO TS 19103, Geographic information - Conceptual schema language) 图1. UML谱(参阅ISO TS 19103,地理信息-概念模式语言)

The context that an element takes within an association is indicated by its role. The role is given near the target of the association. For better readability, the OpenDRIVE class diagrams use a color scheme:

  • The top-level element of a diagram is marked orange. This helps finding the entry point when reading a diagram top-down.

  • Classes that are marked yellow belong to the UML package that is discussed in the chapter of the specification, where the UML diagram is given.

  • Classes that are marked blue belong to an OpenDRIVE package that is different from the package that is associated with the yellow color.

  • Classes that are marked green are classes that contain geometry information.

元素的角色标明了其在一个关联中(association)所有的上下文(context),角色标注在关联指向的物体处。OpenDRIVE类图表(class diagram)使用了配色方案来增强可读性:

  • 图表的顶层元素标记为 橙色,在自上而下读取图表时,橙色有助于更快找到入口。

  • 标记为 黄色 的类属于UML包(package)。这些包在说明文档章节里有UML图表之处讨论过。

  • 标记为 蓝色 的类属于OpenDRIVE包,这些包区别于上面提到的黄色标记的UML包。

  • 标记为 绿色 的类包含了几何形状信息。

Mandatory and optional attributes 必选和可选属性

img2
Figure 2. UML attribute notation 图2. UML属性符号

In the UML Model attributes are marked as mandatory and optional. In the above figure the marking of the attributes can be seen. Optional attributes have the UML specific notation [0..1], mandatory attributes do not have any notation.

在UML模型中,属性被标记为必选和可选。上图的示例展示了属性标记的识别以及解读。如图所示,可选属性带有UML特定的符号[0..1],必选属性则没有任何符号。

2.3.5. Use of IDs ID的使用

The following rules apply to the use of IDs in OpenDRIVE:

  • IDs shall be unique within a class.

  • Lane IDs shall be unique within a lane section.

  • Only defined IDs may be referenced.

在OpenDRIVE中使用ID时,请遵循以下规则:

  • ID在一个类中必须(shall)是唯一的。

  • 车道ID在车道段中必须(shall)是唯一的。

  • 仅可(may)引用已定义的ID。

2.3.6. Curvature 曲率

For curvature indications, the following convention applies:

  • Positive curvature: left curve (counter-clockwise motion)

  • Negative curvature: right curve (clockwise motion)

以下惯例适用于标明曲率:

  • 正曲率:左曲线(逆时针运动)

  • 负曲率:右曲线(顺时针运动)

Curvature == 1/radius

3. Relations to other standards (preliminary) 与其他标准的关联(初步)

3.1. Positioning of ASAM OpenDRIVE within ASAM activities ASAM OpenDRIVE在ASAM标准系列中的角色

ASAM OpenDRIVE is part of the ASAM simulation standards that focus on simulation data for the automotive environment. Next to ASAM OpenDRIVE, ASAM Provides other standards for the simulation domain, like ASAM OpenSCENARIO and ASAM openCRG.

ASAM OpenDRIVE是ASAM仿真标准的一部分,该标准专注于车辆环境的仿真数据。除了ASAM OpenDRIVE,ASAM还提供其他仿真领域的标准,例如ASAM OpenSCENARIO和ASAM OpenCRG。

3.2. Relation of ASAM OpenDRIVE to OpenCRG and OpenSCENARIO OpenDRIVE与OpenCRG以及OpenSCENARIO之间的关联

ASAM OpenDRIVE defines a storage format for the static description of road networks. In combination with ASAM OpenCRG it is possible to add very detailed road surface descriptions to the road network. ASAM OpenDRIVE and ASAM OpenCRG only contains static content. To add dynamic content ASAM OpenSCENARIO is needed. Combined all three standards provide a scenario-driven description of traffic simulation that contains static and dynamic content

ASAM OpenDRIVE为路网的静态描述定义了一种存储格式。通过与ASAM OpenCRG结合使用,可以将非常详细的路面描述添加至路网当中。OpenDRIVE和ASAM OpenCRG仅包含静态内容,若要添加动态内容,则需要使用ASAM OpenSCENARIO。三个标准的结合则提供包含静态和动态内容、由场景驱动的对交通模拟的描述。

img3
Figure 3. Relation between OpenDRIVE, OpenCRG, and OpenSCENARIO 图3. OpenDRIVE, OpenCRG 以及 OpenSCENARIO之间的关联

3.3. Backward compatibility to earlier releases 向后兼容早期版本

OpenDRIVE 1.6 contains elements that were introduced in version 1.5 but are not compatible with version 1.4. To ensure compatibility with versions 1.4 and 1.5, these elements are technically defined as optional in the XML schema of version 1.6. They are marked as "Optional for backwards compatibility" in the annotations of the UML model.

OpenDRIVE 1.6版包含了在1.5版中出现过的元素,但这些元素与1.4版不兼容。为了确保能与1.4版和1.5版兼容,这些元素在1.6版的XML模式中从技术上被定义为可选。在UML模型的注释中,它们被标记为“向后兼容的可选”。

3.4. References to other standards 其他标准的引用

  • XML 1.0 Schema

  • UML 2.5.1 Standard

  • ISO 3166-2 for country codes

  • ISO 8855 for right handed coordinate systems

  • ISO 8601 for time / date

  • Georeferencing (ISO DIN 19111)

  • XML 1.0模式

  • UML 2.5.1标准

  • ISO 3166-2 用于国家/地区代码

  • ISO 8855用于右手坐标系

  • ISO 8601用于时间/日期

  • 地理坐标参考(ISO DIN 19111)

4. General Architecture 通用架构

4.1. File Structure 文件结构

OpenDRIVE data is stored in XML files with the extension .xodr. Compressed OpenDRIVE files have the extension ".xodrz" (compression format: gzip).

OpenDRIVE数据存储于XML文件中,文件拓展名为.xodr。OpenDRIVE压缩文件的拓展名为".xodrz"(压缩格式gzip)。

The OpenDRIVE file structure conforms to XML rules; the associated schema file is referenced in the XML. The schema file for the OpenDRIVE® format can be retrieved from https://www.asam.net/standards/detail/opendrive/

OpenDRIVE文件的结构符合XML规则;关联的模式文件在XML中得到引用。用于OpenDRIVE®格式的模式文件可从以下链接中读取: https://www.asam.net/standards/detail/opendrive/

Elements are organized in levels. Elements with a level that is greater than zero (0) are children of the preceding level. Elements with a level of one (1) are called primary elements.

元素被置于层级中。层级大于零(0)的元素是上一层级的子级,层级等于一(1)的元素则为主元素。

Each element can be extended with user-defined data. This data is stored in so-called user data elements.

可通过用户定义的数据对每个元素进行拓展。此类数据被存储于“用户数据”元素中。

All floating-point numbers used in OpenDRIVE are IEEE 754 double precision floating-point numbers. In order to ensure accurate representation of floating-point numbers in the XML representation, implementations SHOULD use a known correct accuracy preserving minimal floating-point printing algorithm (e.g. [Burger96], [Adams18]), or ensure that 17 significand decimal digits are always produced (e.g. using the "%.17g" ISO C printf modifier). Importing implementations should use a known correct accuracy preserving floating-point reading algorithm (e.g. [Clinger90]).

所有在OpenDRIVE中使用的浮点数均为IEEE 754双精度浮点数。为了确保XML表示法中对浮点数的表示精准,应(should)使用已知的、保留最小的浮点数打印算法(比如[Burger96], [Adams18])的正确精度来进行执行,或者执行应该确保始终有17个有效十进制数字得到生成(例如使用the "%.17g" ISO C printf 修饰符)。在导入执行时,建议(should)使用一个已知的正确精度来保留浮点数并读取算法(例如 [Clinger90])。

[Burger96] Robert G. Burger and R. Kent Dybvig: "Printing floating-point numbers quickly and accurately." In proceedings of ACM SIGPLAN 1996 conference on Programming Language Design and Implementation, Philadelphia, PA, USA, May 1996, pp. 108-116

[Burger96] Robert G. Burger和R. Kent Dybvig:“快速、准确地打印浮点数”。引用于美国宾夕法尼亚州费城举行的ACM SIGPLAN 1996编程语言设计与执行会议第108-116页,1996年5月。

[Adams18] Ulf Adams: "Ryū: fast float-to-string conversion." ACM SIGPLAN Notices, Vol. 53, No. 4, April 2018, pp. 270-282

[Adams18] Ulf Adams:“Ryū:浮点数到字符串的快速转换。” 引用于ACM SIGPLAN报告的第53卷第4号第270-282页,出版于2018年4月。

[Clinger90] William D. Clinger: "How to Read Floating Point Numbers Accurately." ACM SIGPLAN Notices, Vol. 25, No. 6, June 1990, pp. 92-101

[Clinger90] William D. Clinger: "如何精确读取浮点数"。引用于ACM SIGPLAN报告的第25卷第6号第92-101页,出版于1999年6月。

4.2. Combining Files 合并文件

Multiple files can be combined with an <include> tag at the appropriate locations. Upon parsing this tag, OpenDRIVE readers shall immediately start reading the file specified as attribute of the tag. It is the user’s responsibility to make sure that contents read from an include file are consistent with the context from which the inclusion starts.

可使用<include>标签在适当的位置对多个文件进行合并。解析该标签后,OpenDRIVE读取器须(shall)立刻开始读取作为标签属性的文件。用户有责任确保从包含文件中读取而来的内容与包含开始时的上下文一致。

The parent tag under which the <include> tag occurs must be present in both, the parent file and the included file.

<include>标签发生在父标签下,该父标签必须(must)存在于父文件以及包含文件内。

Example 示例:

Original File 原始文件

<planView>
  <include file="planview.xml"/>
</planView>

Included File 包含文件

<planView>
  <geometry x="-0.014" y="-0.055" hdg="2.88" length="95.89" s="0.0">
    <arc curvature="-0.000490572"/>
  </geometry>
  <geometry x="-92.10" y="26.64" hdg="2.84" length="46.65" s="95.89">
    <spiral curvStart="-0.000490572" curvEnd="-0.004661241"/>
  </geometry>
</planView>

4.3. Attributes used in the file 文件中使用的属性

All attributes that can be used in an OpenDRIVE file are fully annotated in the UML model:

  • If units are applicable to an attribute, these are stated according to 1.4.2 Units.

  • Type: Describes the data type of an attribute. It can be either a primitive data type, for example, string, double, float, or a complex data type that refers to an object described within this specification.

    • Value: Value determines the value range of the given attribute relative to the specified type

所有可在OpenDRIVE文件中使用的属性都能在UML模型里得到完整标注:

  • 单位 适用于一个属性,则可根据第2.3.2章“单位”对它们进行说明。

  • 类型:描述了属性的数据类型,可以分为基本数据类型或复杂数据类型。基本数据类型指的是字符串(string)、双精度浮点数(double)、浮点数(float)等。而复杂数据类型则指该说明文档中所描述的物体。

    • :值规定了相对于指定类型的给定属性的值域。

4.3.1. Enclosing element 封闭元素

The overall enclosing element of the file is:

文件的起始及结束元素是:

Table/表 4. Attributes of the OpenDRIVE element OpenDRIVE元素的属性

delimiters 定界符

<OpenDRIVE>…​</OpenDRIVE>

parent 父级

none 无

instances 实例数

1

attributes 属性

xmlns="http://www.opendrive.org"

4.3.2. Header 头文件

The <header> element is the very first element within the <OpenDRIVE> element.

<header> 元素是<OpenDRIVE>中的第一个元素。

Table/表 5. Attributes of the header element 头文件元素的属性

delimiters 定界符

<header>…​</header>

parent 父级

<OpenDRIVE>

instances 实例数

1

attributes 属性

name 名称

type 类型

unit 单位

value 值

Description 描述

revMajor

ushort

-

1

Major revision number of OpenDRIVE format

OpenDRIVE 格式主版本号

revMinor

ushort

-

6

Minor revision number of OpenDRIVE format; 6 for OpenDrive 1.6

OpenDRIVE格式次版本号; OpenDrive 1.6版本号为6

name

string

-

-

Database name

数据库名称

version

string

-

-

Version of this road network

本路网的版本号

date

string

-

-

Time/date of database creation according to ISO 8601 (preference: YYYY-MM-DDThh:mm:ss)

根据ISO 8601采用的数据库创建时间/日期 (优先格式: YYYY-MM-DDThh:mm:ss)

north

double

m

-

Maximum inertial y value

最大惯性y值

south

double

m

-

Minimum inertial y value

最小惯性y值

east

double

m

-

Maximum inertial x value

最大惯性x值

west

double

m

-

Minimum inertial x value

最小惯性x值

vendor

string

-

-

Vendor name

开发商名称

4.4. General rules and assumptions 通用规则与假定

4.4.1. Traffic direction 行车方向

Unless stated otherwise, all examples, figures, and descriptions in this specification assume right-hand traffic.

如无另外说明,本详细说明里的所有示例、图表和描述都假定为靠右行车环境。

5. Additional Data 附加数据

OpenDRIVE offers the possibility to include external data. The processing of this data depends on the application.

OpenDRIVE可以包含外部数据,而如何处理此类数据则视应用而定。

Additional data may be placed at any position in OpenDRIVE.

附加数据可(may)被置于OpenDRIVE中的任意位置。

5.1. User Data 用户数据

Ancillary data should be described near the element it refers to. Ancillary data contains data that are not yet described in OpenDRIVE, or data that is needed by an application for a specific reason. Examples are different road textures.

应(should)在辅助数据所引用的元素附近对其进行描述。辅助数据包含OpenDRIVE中还未描述或出于特殊原因为某一应用所用的数据,如不同的道路纹理。

In OpenDRIVE, ancillary data is represented by <userData> elements. They may be stored at any element in OpenDRIVE.

在OpenDRIVE中,辅助数据用 <userData> 元素来表示。它们可(may)被存储在OpenDRIVE任意元素中。

img4
Figure 4. UML model OpenDRIVE Core 图4. UML模型OpenDRIVE核心

5.2. Including Data 包含数据

OpenDRIVE allows including external files into the OpenDRIVE file. The processing of the files depends on the application.

OpenDRIVE允许将外部文件包含在OpenDRIVE文件中,而如何处理该类文件则视应用而定。

Included data is represented by <include> elements. They may be stored at any position in OpenDRIVE

包含数据用<include>元素来表示,可(may)被存储在OpenDRIVE里任意位置。

5.3. Using different layout types 使用不同布局类型

OpenDRIVE offers the possibility to integrate user generated layouts for elements like road marks or signals. The design of these alternative layouts is not stored in OpenDRIVE, but in the application.

可在OpenDRIVE中对用户生成的元素布局(如路标或标志)进行集成。这些附加的布局设计并不存储在OpenDRIVE中,而是存储在用户应用中。

In OpenDRIVE, different layout types are represented by <set> elements. They may be stored at any position in OpenDRIVE.

在OpenDRIVE中,不同布局类型用 <set> 元素来表示,其可(may)存储在OpenDRIVE里任意位置。

Every <set> element may be followed by one or more <instance> element that specifies the layout.

每个 <set> 元素之后都可以(may)关联一个或多个对布局进行说明的<instance>元素。

5.4. Description of the data quality 数据质量描述

Raw data or data from external sources that is integrated in OpenDRIVE may be of varying quality. It is possible to describe quality and accuracy of external data in OpenDRIVE.

集成到OpenDRIVE的原始数据或来自外部资源的数据质量可能(may)参差不齐。外部数据的质量和准确性可以在OpenDRIVE中得到描述。

The description of the data quality is represented by <dataQuality> elements. They may be stored at any position in OpenDRIVE.

对数据质量的描述用 <dataQuality> 元素来表示。它们可(may)存储在OpenDRIVE中的任意位置。

Measurement data derived from external sources like GPS that is integrated in OpenDRIVE may be inaccurate. The error range, given in [m], may be listed in the application.

集成到OpenDRIVE、源自于GPS等外部资源的测量数据可能(may)存在误差。以[m]为单位的误差范围可(may)在应用中被列出。

The absolute or relative errors of road data are described by <error> elements within the <dataQuality> element.

道路数据的绝对或相对误差在<dataQuality>元素中用 <error> 元素来描述。

Some basic metadata containing information about raw data included in OpenDRIVE is described by the <rawData> element within the <dataQuality> element.

某些基本元数据涵盖了被包括在OpenDRIVE中的原始数据信息,这些原始数据在 <dataQuality> 元素中用 <rawData> 元素来描述。

6. Coordinate systems 坐标系

6.1. Coordinate systems overview 坐标系概况

OpenDRIVE uses three types of coordinate systems, as shown in the below figure:

  • The inertial x/y/z coordinate system

  • The reference line s/t/h coordinate system

  • The local u/v/z coordinate system

OpenDRIVE使用三种类型的坐标系,如下图所示:

  • 惯性x/y/z轴坐标系

  • 参考线s/t/h轴坐标系

  • 局部u/v/z轴坐标系

img5
Figure 5. available coordinate systems in OpenDRIVE 图5. OpenDRIVE中可使用的坐标系

If not indicated otherwise, the local coordinate system is located and oriented relative to the reference line coordinate system. The reference line coordinate system is located and oriented relative to the inertial coordinate system by specifying the origin, as well as the heading, roll, and pitch rotation angles of the origins with respect to each other.

若无另外说明,对局部坐标系的查找与定位将相对于参考线坐标系来进行。对参考线坐标系位置与方向的设定则相对于惯性坐标系来开展,具体方法为对原点、原点的航向角/偏航角、横摆角/翻滚角和俯仰角的旋转角度及它们之间的关系进行详细说明。

img6
Figure 6. Coordinate systems in OpenDRIVE interacting with another 图6. OpenDRIVE中坐标系之间的相互关系

6.2. Inertial coordinate systems 惯性坐标系

The inertial system is a right-handed coordinate system according to ISO 8855 with the axes pointing to the following directions (see Figure 7):

  • x ⇒ right

  • y ⇒ up

  • z ⇒ coming out of drawing plane

根据ISO 8855惯性坐标系是右手坐标系,其轴的指向方向如下(见图7):

  • x轴 ⇒ 右方

  • y轴 ⇒ 上方

  • z轴 ⇒ 指向绘图平面外

For geographic reference, the following convention applies:

  • x ⇒ east

  • y ⇒ north

  • z ⇒ up

以下惯例适用于地理参考:

  • x轴 ⇒ 东边

  • y轴 ⇒ 北边

  • z轴 ⇒ 上方

Elements like objects and signals can be placed within the inertial coordinate system by applying a heading, followed by pitch, followed by roll:

通过依次设置航向角/偏航角(heading)、俯仰角(pitch)和横摆角/翻滚角(roll),元素(如物体、标志等)可被置于惯性坐标系中:

img7
Figure 7. Inertial coordinate system with defined rotations 图7.含有旋转定义的惯性坐标系

Figure 7 shows the positive axes and positive directions of the corresponding angles.

图7展示了对应角的正轴与正方向。

heading
heading = 0.0:
heading = +π/2:

航向角
航向角 = 0.0:
航向角 = +π/2:

around z-axis, where
x’ points into direction of x-axis / east
x’ points into direction of y-axis / north

围绕 z轴,其中:
x’指向x轴 / 东边
x’指向y轴 / 北边

pitch
pitch = 0.0:
pitch = +π/2:

俯仰角
俯仰角 = 0.0:
俯仰角 = +π/2:

around y’-axis, where
x’’/y’’-plane = x’/y’-plane
direction x’’ = - z’ = -z

围绕 y’轴,其中:
x’’/y’’面 = x’/y’面
方向 x’’ = - z’ = -z

roll
roll = 0.0:
roll = +π/2:

横摆角
横摆角 = 0.0:
横摆角 = +π/2:

around x’’-axis, where
x’’’/y’’’-plane = x’’/y’’-plane
direction z’’’ = - y’’

围绕 x’’轴,其中:
x’’’/y’’’面 = x’’/y’’面
方向 z’’’ = - y’’

img8
Figure 8. Inertial coordinate system with defined rotations 图8. 惯性坐标系(带旋转定义)

x’/y’/(z’=z) denotes the coordinate system after rotating x/y/z with the heading angle around the z-axis. The coordinate system x’’/(y’’=y’)/z’’ denotes the coordinate system after rotating x’/y’/z’ with the pitch angle around the y’-axis. The final rotated coordinate system (x’’’=x’’)/y’’’/z’’’ is obtained after rotating system x’’/y’’/z’’ with roll angle.

x’/y’/(z’=z) 指的是以航向角/偏航角围绕z轴旋转x/y/z轴之后的坐标系。坐标系x’’/(y’’=y’)/z’’指的是以俯仰角围绕y’轴旋转x’/y’/z’轴之后的坐标系。最后,坐标系(x’’’=x’’)/y’’’/z’’’在用横摆角/翻滚角旋转x’’/y’’/z’’后获得。

6.3. Reference line coordinate systems 参考线坐标系

The reference line coordinate system applies along the reference line of a road. It is a right-handed coordinate system. The s-direction follows the tangent of the reference line. It has to be noted that the reference line is always located within the x/y-plane defined by the inertial coordinate system. The t-direction is orthogonal to the s-direction. The right-hand system is completed by defining the up-direction h orthogonal to x-axis and y-axis. The following degrees of freedom are defined:

参考线坐标系同样也是右手坐标系,应用于道路参考线。s方向跟随着参考线的切线方向。这里需要说明的是:参考线总是被放置在由惯性坐标系定义的x/y平面里。t方向与s方向成正交。在定义完垂直于x轴和y轴、朝上的h方向后,整个右手坐标系才算完成。被定义的自由度如下:

img9
Figure 9. Reference line coordinate system 图9. 参考线坐标系

s

coordinate along reference line, measured in [m] from the beginning of the road reference line, calculated in the xy-plane (that is, not taking into account the elevation profile of the road)

坐标沿参考线,以[m]为单位,由道路参考线的起点开始测量,在xy平面中计算(也就是说,这里不考虑道路的高程剖面)

t

lateral position, positive to the left within the inertial x/y plane

侧面,在惯性x/y平面里正向向左

h

orthogonal to st plane in a right-handed coordinate system

在右手坐标系中垂直于st平面

img10
Figure 10. Reference line system with defined rotations 图10.参考线系(带旋转定义)

heading
heading = 0.0:
heading = +π/2:

航向角
航向角 = 0.0:
航向角 = +π/2:

around h-axis, where
s’ is directed forward along s-direction
s’ is directed to t

围绕 h轴,其中:
s’ 沿 s方向被指向前
s’ 被指向t

roll
roll = 0.0:

横摆角
横摆角 = 0.0: +

around s’-axis, where
s’’’/t’’’-plane = s’/t’-plane

围绕 s’轴,其中:
s’’’/t’’’面= s’/t’面

Similar to the inertial system, the s’/t’/h’ and s’’’/t’’’/h’’’ denote the rotated systems around heading and roll angle. The reference line coordinate system can be positioned in the inertial space by providing the origin’s coordinates and the orientation (heading) of the origin with respect to the inertial system, as shown in figure 11.

与惯性系相似,s’/t’/h’ 与s’’’/t’’’/h’’’指的是围绕航向角/偏航角和横摆角/翻滚角旋转后得到的坐标系。如图11所示,通过提供原点坐标以及相对于惯性坐标系原点的方向(航向角/偏航角),参考线坐标系可(can)被置于惯性空间中。

img11
Figure 11. Heading in reference line 图11.航向角/偏航角在参考线中

Superelevation causes a roll in the reference line.

超高程导致参考线内产生横摆角/翻滚角。

img12
Figure 12. Roll in reference line 图12.横摆角/翻滚角在参考线中

For the s/t/h coordinate system no pitch is possible, the elevation of the reference line is as follows. Elevation has no effect on the length of s.

俯仰角在s/t/h轴坐标系中不可能出现,参考线的高程如下图所示。高程对s的长度不产生影响。

img13
Figure 13. Elevation in reference line 图13.在参考线中的高程

6.4. Local coordinate systems 局部坐标系

The local system is a right-handed coordinate system according to ISO 8855 with the axes pointing to the following directions. For a non-rotated coordinate system the following applies:

根据ISO 8855局部坐标系是右手坐标系,其轴的指向方向如下。以下内容适用于非旋转坐标系:

u

Forward matches s

向前匹配 s

v

Left matches t

向左匹配 t

z

Up matches h

向上匹配 h

Elements like objects can be placed within the local coordinate system by applying a heading, followed by pitch, followed by roll:

可(can)通过依次设置航向角/偏航角、俯仰角和横摆角/翻滚角,将元素(例如物体)置于局部坐标系中:

img14
Figure 14. Local system with defined rotations 图14.局部坐标系(带旋转定义)

Within the local system, the following angles are defined:

在局部坐标系中,以下角度得到定义:

heading
heading = 0.0:
heading = +π/2:

航向角
航向角 = 0.0:
航向角 = +π/2:

around z-axis, 0.0 = east
u’ is directed forward along u-direction
u’ is directed to t

围绕z轴, 0.0 = 东边
u’ 沿u方向指向前方
u’ 指向t

pitch
pitch = 0.0:
pitch = +π/2:

俯仰角
俯仰角 = 0.0:
俯仰角 = +π/2:

around v’-axis, where
u’’/v’’-plane = u’/v’-plane
direction x’’ = - z’ = -z

围绕v’轴,其中:
u’’/v’’面= u’/v’面
方向 x’’ = - z’ = -z

roll
roll = 0.0:
roll = +π/2: +

横摆角
横摆角 = 0.0:
横摆角 = +π/2:

around x’’-axis, where
x’’’/y’’’-plane = x’’/y’’-plane
direction z’’’ = - y’’

围绕 x’’轴, 其中
x’’’/y’’’面 = x’’/y’’面
方向z’’’ = - y’’

img15
Figure 15. Local coordinate systems with heading, pitch, roll 图15.带航向角/偏航角、俯仰角和横摆角/翻滚角的局部坐标系

Figure 14 shows the positive axes and positive directions of the corresponding angles. The local system can only be positioned in reference line space by providing the origin of the local coordinate system within the reference line system and the orientation (heading) of the local system with respect to the reference line system, as shown in figure 16.

图14展示了对应角的正轴与正方向。局部坐标系只能(can)通过以下方法被置于参考线空间中:如图16所示,在参考线坐标系中提供局部坐标系的原点和相对于参考线坐标系、局部系原点的方向(航向角/偏航角)。

img16
Figure 16. Local coordinate system with respect to reference line system 图16.相对于参考线坐标系的局部坐标系

6.5. Summary of all available coordinate systems 所有可用坐标系的总结

Inertial, reference line and local system are used in OpenDRIVE at the same time. An example for positioning and orientation of the different coordinate systems relative to each other is depicted in Figure 17.

惯性坐标系、参考线坐标系和局部坐标系将在OpenDRIVE中同时被使用。图17中的示例描述了三个坐标系相对于彼此的位置与方向设定。

img17
Figure 17. Summary of coordinate system in OpenDRIVE 图17. OpenDRIVE中坐标系总结

6.6. Georeferencing in OpenDRIVE OpenDRIVE中的地理坐标参考

Spatial reference systems are standardized by the European Petroleum Survey Group Geodesy (EPSG) and are defined by parameters describing the geodetic datum. A geodetic datum is a coordinate reference system for a collection of positions that are relative to an ellipsoid model of the earth.

空间参考系的标准化由欧洲石油调查组织(EPSG)执行,该参考系由用于描述大地基准的参数来定义。大地基准是相对于地球的椭圆模型的位置合集所作的坐标参考系。

A geodetic datum is described by a projection string according to PROJ, that is, a format for the exchange of data between two coordinate systems. This data shall be marked as CDATA, because it may contain characters that interfere with the XML syntax of an element’s attribute.

通过使用基于PROJ(一种用于两个坐标系之间数据交换的格式)的投影字符串来完成对大地基准的描述。该数据应(shall)标为CDATA,因为其可能(may)包含会干预元素属性XML语义的字符。

In OpenDRIVE, the information about the geographic reference of an OpenDRIVE dataset is represented by the <geoReference> element within the <header> element. proj-strings, as shown in the below XML Example, contain all parameters that define the used spatial reference system:

在OpenDRIVE中,关于数据集的地理参考信息在<header>元素的<geoReference>元素中得以呈现。Proj字符串(如以下XML示例中所示)包含了所有定义已使用的空间参考系的参数:

For detailed information on proj-strings, see https://proj.org/usage/projections.html

关于proj字符串的细节信息,参见 https://proj.org/usage/projections.html

There shall be no more than one definition of the projection. If the definition is missing, a local Cartesian coordinate system is assumed.

投影的定义不能(shall)多于一个。若定义缺失,那么则假定为局部笛卡尔坐标系。

It is highly recommended to use official parameter sets for proj-strings, which can be found at https://epsg.io/. Parameters should not be changed. Some spatial reference systems, for example, UTM, have implicit false easting and northing, which are defined using the parameters +x_0 and +y_0.

这里强烈建议使用proj字符串的官方参数组(使用该链接查询字符串: https://epsg.io/ )。参数不应(should)被改变。一些空间参考系如UTM具有隐东及北伪偏移,这里使用+x_0与+y_0参数对它们进行定义。

If you want to apply an offset, use the <offset> element instead of changing all parameter values.

若您想应用偏移,请使用<offset>元素,而不是改变所有参数值。

XML example XML示例:

<geoReference>
  <![CDATA[+proj=utm +zone=32 +ellps=GRS80 +towgs84=0,0,0,0,0,0,0 +units=m +no_defs]]>
</geoReference>
img18
Figure 18. Offset for the geoReference 图18. 地理坐标参考偏移

Rules: 规则:

  • The <offset> should be such that the x and y coordinates of OpenDRIVE are approximately centered around (0;0). If the x and y coordinates are too large, applications using float coordinates internally might not be able to process them accurately enough due to the limited precision of IEEE 754 double precision floating point numbers

  • <offset> 应(should)使OpenDRIVE 的x和y坐标大致集中在(0;0)周围。在x和y坐标过大的情况下,由于IEEE 754双精度浮点数的精确度有限,在内部使用浮点坐标的应用可能(might)不能够对它们进行精确处理。

7. Geometry 几何形状

Road courses can have many different shapes. There are long, straight roads on open ground, elongated curves on motorways, or narrow turns in the mountains. In order to model all these road courses in a mathematically correct way, OpenDRIVE provides a variety of geometry elements. Figure 19 shows the five possible ways to define the geometry of a road’s reference line:

  • A straight line

  • A spiral or a clothoid that has a linearly changing curvature

  • An arc that has a constant curvature

  • Cubic polynomials

  • Parametric cubic polynomials

道路的走向可以(can)是多种多样的,它们可以是空旷地面上的直线、高速公路上细长的弯道、亦或山区狭窄的转弯。为从数学角度对所有这些道路线进行正确建模,OpenDRIVE提供了多种几何形状元素。 图19展示了五种定义道路参考线几何形状的可行方式:

  • 直线

  • 螺旋线或回旋曲线(曲率以线性方式改变)

  • 有恒定曲率的弧线

  • 三次多项式曲线

  • 参数三次多项式曲线

img19
Figure 19. Geometry elements in OpenDRIVE 图19. OpenDRIVE的几何形状元素

7.1. Road reference line 道路参考线

The basic element of every road in OpenDRIVE is the road reference line. All geometry elements that describe the road shape and further properties of the road are defined along the reference line. These properties include lanes and signals.

道路参考线是OpenDRIVE中每条道路的基本元素。所有描述道路形状以及其他属性的几何元素都依照参考线来定义,这些属性包括车道及标志。

By definition, the reference line runs in s-direction, while the lateral deviation of objects from the reference line runs in t-direction.

按照定义,参考线向s方向伸展,而物体出自参考线的侧向偏移,向t方向伸展。

Figure 20 shows the different parts of a road in OpenDRIVE.

  • The road reference line

  • The individual lanes of a road

  • Features like signals that are placed along the road

图20展示了OpenDRIVE中一条道路的不同部分。

  • 道路参考线

  • 一条道路上的单独车道

  • 沿道路放置的道路特征(如标志)

img20
Figure 20. the individual parts of a road 图20.一条道路的不同部分

In OpenDRIVE, the geometry of a reference line is represented by the <geometry> element within the <planView> element.

在OpenDRIVE中,参考线的几何形状用<planView>元素里的 <geometry> 元素来表示。

The <planView> element is a mandatory element in every <road> element.

<planView> 元素是每个 <road> 元素里必须要用到的元素。

img21
Figure 21. UML model Road Geometry including the Reference Line elements 图21.道路几何形状(包含参考线元素)UML模型

Attributes 属性

Table/表 6. Attributes of the planView element 平面图元素属性

attributes
属性

name
名称

type
类型

unit
单位

value

Description
描述

s

t_grEqZero

m

[0;∞[

s-coordinate of start position

起始位置的s坐标

x

double

m

]-∞;∞[

Start position (x inertial)

起始位置(x 惯性)

y

double

m

]-∞;∞[

Start position (y inertial)

起始位置(y 惯性)

hdg

double

rad

]-∞;∞[

Start orientation (inertial heading)

起始方向 (惯性航向角/偏航角)

length

t_grZero

m

[0;∞[

Length of the element’s reference line

元素的参考线长度

Rules 规则

The following rules apply to road reference lines:

  • Each road shall have a reference line.

  • There shall be only one reference line per road.

  • The reference line usually runs in the center of the road but may be laterally offset.

  • Geometry elements shall be listed in ascending order along the reference line, that is, in increasing s-position.

  • One <geometry> element shall contain only one element that further specifies the geometry of the road.

  • If two roads are connected without a junction, the reference line of a new road shall always begin at the <contactPoint> of its successor or predecessor road. The reference lines may be directed in opposite directions.

  • A reference line shall have no leaps

  • A reference line should have no kinks

以下规则适用于道路参考线:

  • 每条道路必须(shall)有一条参考线。

  • 每条道路只能(shall)有一条参考线。

  • 参考线通常在道路中心,但也可能(may)有侧向偏移。

  • 几何元素应(shall)沿参考线以升序(即递增的s位置)排列。

  • 一个 <geometry> 元素应(shall)只包含一个另外说明道路几何形状的元素。

  • 若两条道路不使用交叉口来连接,那么新的道路的参考线应(shall)总是起始于其前驱或后继道路的 <contactPoint> 。参考线有可能(may)被指向相反方向。

  • 参考线不能(shall)有断口(leaps)。

  • 参考线不应(should)有扭结(kinks)。

Related topics 相关内容

  • Straight line

  • Spirals

  • Arc

  • Roads

  • Lanes

  • 直线

  • 螺旋线

  • 弧线

  • 道路

  • 车道

7.2. Straight line 直线

A straight line, as shown in figure 22, is the simplest geometry element. It contains no further attributes.

如图22所示,直线是最简单的几何形状元素。它不包含其他属性。

img22
Figure 22. A straight line 图22.直线

In OpenDRIVE, a straight line is represented by a <line> element within the <geometry> element.

在OpenDRIVE中,直线用<geometry> 元素里的 <line> 元素来表示。

XML Example XML示例

<planView>
  <geometry
	  s="0.0000000000000000e+00"
	  x="-4.7170752711170401e+01"
	  y="7.2847983820912710e-01"
	  hdg="6.5477882613167993e-01"
	  length="5.7280000000000000e+01">
	  <line/>
  </geometry>
</planView>

Related topics 相关内容

  • Road reference line

  • Road

  • 道路参考线

  • 道路

7.3. Spiral 螺旋线

A spiral is a clothoid that describes a changing curvature of the reference line, as shown in figure 23. Spirals may be used to describe the transition from a <line> to an <arc> without causing leaps in the curvature.

如图23所示,螺旋线是一条描述参考线变化曲率的回旋曲线。螺旋线可(may)被用来描述曲率在<line>到<arc>连贯的转换。

A spiral is characterized by the curvature at its start position (@curvStart) and the curvature at its end position (@curvEnd). Along the arc length of the spiral (see @length of the <geometry> element), the curvature is linear from the start to the end.

螺旋线是以起始位置的曲率(@curvStart)和结束位置的曲率(@curvEnd)为特征。沿着螺旋线的弧形长度(见 <geometry> 元素@length),曲率从头至尾呈线性。

It is also possible to arrange several <line>, <spiral>, and <arc> elements in a sequence in order to describe complex curvatures.

也可以按顺序排列 <line><spiral><arc> 几个元素,从而对复杂曲率进行描述。

img23
Figure 23. Road geometry described by a spiral 图23.用螺旋线来描述道路几何形状

In OpenDRIVE, a spiral is represented by a <spiral> element within the <geometry> element.

在OpenDRIVE中,螺旋线用<geometry> 元素里的<spiral>元素来表示。

Attributes 属性

t_road_planView_geometry_spiral
Table/表 7. Attributes of the spiral element 螺旋线元素的属性

attributes
属性

name
名称

type
类型

unit
单位

value

Description
描述

curvStart

double

1/m

]-∞;∞[

Curvature at the start of the element

元素开始时的曲率

curvEnd

double

1/m

]-∞;∞[

Curvature at the end of the element

元素结束时的曲率

XML Example XML示例

<geometry s="100.0" x="38.00" y="-1.81" hdg="0.33" length="30.00">
  <spiral curvStart="0.0" curvEnd="0.013"/>
</geometry>

Rules 规则

The following rules apply to spirals:

  • @curvStart and @curvEnd should not be the same.

以下规则适用于螺旋线:

  • @curvStart和@curvEnd不应该(should)相同。

Related topics 相关内容

  • Arc

  • Reference line

  • Generating arbitrary road courses from geometry elements

  • Road

  • 弧线

  • 参考线

  • 从几何形状元素中生成任意道路线

  • 道路

7.4. Arc 弧线

An arc, as shown in figure 24, describes a road reference line with constant curvature.

如图24所示,弧线描述了有着恒定曲率的道路参考线。

img24
Figure 24. Road geometry described by an arc 图24.用弧线来描述道路几何形状

In OpenDRIVE, a spiral is represented by a <arc> element within the <geometry> element.

在OpenDRIVE中,弧线用<geometry> 元素里的<arc>元素来表示。

Attributes 属性

t_road_planView_geometry_spiral
Table/表 8. Attributes of the arc element 弧线元素的属性

attributes
属性

name
名称

type
类型

unit
单位

value

Description
描述

curvature

double

1/m

]-∞;∞[

Constant curvature throughout the element

恒定曲率贯穿元素

XML Example XML示例

<planView>
  <geometry
	  s="3.6612031746270386e+00"
	  x="-4.6416930098385274e+00"
	  y="4.3409250448366459e+00"
	  hdg="5.2962250374496271e+00"
	  length="9.1954178989066371e+00">
	  <arc curvature="-1.2698412698412698e-01"/>
  </geometry>
</planView>

Rules 规则

The following rules apply to arcs:

  • The curvature should not be zero.

以下规则适用于弧线:

  • 曲率不应(should)为零。

Related topics 相关内容

  • Reference line

  • Road

  • 参考线

  • 道路

7.5. Generating arbitrary road courses from geometry elements 从几何形状元素中生成任意车道线

The combination of all geometry elements available in OpenDRIVE allows for the creation of a great variety of road courses, as shown in figure 25.

如图25所示,通过对OpenDRIVE中所有可用的几何形状元素进行组合,便可以创建诸多种类的道路线。

To avoid leaps in the curvature, it is recommended to use spirals to combine lines with arcs and other elements with different curvatures.

为避免曲率中出现断口,建议使用螺旋线将直线与弧线以及其他有不同曲率的元素进行结合。

img25
Figure 25. Creating a reference line from geometry elements 图25.从几何形状元素创建参考线

XML Example XML示例

See the sample file Ex_Line-Spiral-Arc.xodr

见示例文件Ex_Line-Spiral-Arc.xodr

7.6. Cubic polynom (deprecated) 三次多项式(弃用)

Cubic polynoms may be used to generate complex road courses that are derived from measurement data. For a given sequence of measured coordinates along the reference line in the x/y-coordinate system, measurement pairs define the polynom limits of the segment.

三次多项式可(may)用来生成衍生于测量数据的复杂道路走向。测量对为x/y坐标系中沿参考线的被测量坐标的指定次序定义了线段的多项式极限。

The reference line of the road is described by a local cubic polynom. Specifying continuity conditions, for example segment continuity, tangent and/or curvature continuity, at the limits of the segment allows to merge several cubic polynom segments and to form a global cubic spline interpolation curve for the entire course of the road. As an additional advantage, routing along polynoms can be realized more efficiently than along clothoids.

局部三次多项式描述了道路的参考线。通过对线段极限处的连续性条件例如线段连续性、切线和/或曲率连续性等进行详细说明,可以对多个三次多项式线段进行融合并且为整个道路走向生成一条全局三次样条线插值曲线。另一个优点则是,沿着多项式的路径方式比沿回旋曲线更有效。

7.6.1. Background information on cubic polynoms 三次多项式的背景信息

The interpolation of a cubic polynom in the x/y-coordinate system is described with the following formula:

以下方程描述了x/y坐标系里三次多项式的插值:

y(x) = a + b*x + c*x2 + d*x³

The polynom parameters a, b, c, d in the calculation are used to define the course of the roads. With the help of the parameters a-d, the y-coordinate can be calculated from the x-coordinate at every point in the coordinate system.

公式中的多项式参数a、b、c、d用于定义道路的走向。借助参数a-d,坐标系里每个点的y坐标都可以从x坐标中计算出来。

Figure 26 shows a cubic polynom in the x/y-coordinate system with the following values:

图26使用以下的值对在x/y坐标系中的三次多项式进行了展示:

a = 20
b = 0
c = 0.0005
d = 0.0001

img26
Figure 26. A cubic polynom 图26.三次多项式

7.6.2. Creating roads using cubic polynoms 利用三次多项式创建道路

A cubic polynom described in the x/y-coordinate system is not suitable to describe curved segments with an arbitrary orientation, as shown in figure 27. To handle curved segments with two or more y-coordinates at a given x-coordinate, cubic polynom segments may be defined with respect to a local u/v-coordinate system. Using the local u/v-coordinate system increases flexibility in the curve definition. The following formula is used:

如图27所示,在x/y坐标系中描述的三次多项式并不适合用来描述带有任意方向的曲线段。为了对在给定x坐标上带有两个或更多y坐标的曲线段进行处理,可(may)根据与局部u/v坐标系的关系来对三次多项式段进行定义。局部u/v坐标系的使用提高了曲线定义的灵活性。以下方程式得以使用:

v(u) = a + b*u + c*u2 + d*u³

The orientation of the local u/v-coordinate system should be chosen in such a way that the curve is expressed as a function v(u) at increasing u-coordinates.

应(should)遵循以下方式对局部u/v坐标系方向进行选择:使用在递增的u坐标上的函数v(u)来表达曲线。

img27
Figure 27. A curve which cannot be represented by a cubic polynom w.r.t x parameter 图27.不能(cannot)用三次多项式w.r.t x参数来表示的曲线

Usually, the u/v-coordinate system is aligned with the s/t-coordinate system at the segment’s start position (@x,@y) and start orientation @hdg, specified in the <geometry> element. This choice results in polynom parameters a=b=0 (see figure 28). As an additional option, the local u/v-coordinate system may be rotated relative to the start point (@x,@y) by specifying a polynom parameter @b that is unequal to zero. Here, the arctan (@b) defines the start heading of the polynom curve with respect to the local u/v-coordinate system. An additional shift of the u/v-coordinate origin along the v-coordinate axis, while (@x,@y) shall be located at u=0, may be achieved by setting the polynom parameter @a unequal to zero (see figure 29). The parameter u may be varied within 0 and the projection of the end point of the curve onto the u-coordinate axis. For the given parameter u, the local coordinate v(u) defines the point on the curve in the local u/v-coordinate system.

通常来说,u/v坐标系与s/t坐标系在线段的起始位置(@x,@y)和起始方向@hdg(关于这两点在<geometry>元素中有详细说明)上是一致的。这一选择的结果就是多项式参数a=b=0(见图28)。作为一个附加选项,局部u/v坐标系可相对于起始点(@x,@y)被旋转,做法为规定一个不等于0的多项式参数@b。在这里,反正切arctan(@b)定义了相对于局部u/v坐标系的多项式的航向角/偏航角。可(may)通过设置一个不等于0的多项式参数@a(见图29)来获得当(@x,@y)应(shall)被定位于u=0时,沿v坐标轴对u/v 坐标系原点的额外位移。参数u有可能(may)随着0到曲线终点在u坐标轴上的投影而发生变化。对于给定的参数u,局部坐标v(u)定义了局部u/v坐标系内曲线上的点。

v(u) = a + b*u + c*u2 + d*u³

Taking into account shift and rotation parameters @a and @b and the (@x,@y) and @hdg specified in the <geometry> element, the final x/y-curve position at a given u-coordinate, as shown in figure 29

考虑到<geometry>元素中说明的位移和旋转参数@a、@b、(@x,@y) 和@hdg,在给定的u坐标上最终的x/y曲线位置如图29所示。

img28
Figure 28. Transformation from a u/v- to a x/y coordinate system with a=b=0 图28.从a u/v坐标系到a x/y坐标系的转变(a=b=0)
img29
Figure 29. Transformation from a u/v- to a x/y coordinate system with a!=0 and b!=0 图29.从a u/v坐标系到a x/y坐标系的转变(a!=0 和b!=0)

In OpenDRIVE, a cubic polynom is represented by a <poly3> element within the <geometry> element.

在OpenDRIVE中,三次多项式用 <geometry> 元素里的 <poly3> 元素来表示。

Attributes 属性

t_road_planView_geometry_poly3
Table/表 9. Attributes of the poly3 element poly3元素的属性

attributes
属性

name
名称

type
类型

unit
单位

value

Description
描述

a

double

m

]-∞;∞[

Polynom parameter a

多项式参数a

b

double

1/m

]-∞;∞[

Polynom parameter d

多项式参数d

c

double

1/m²

]-∞;∞[

Polynom parameter c

多项式参数c

d

double

1/m³

]-∞;∞[

Polynom parameter d

多项式参数d

XML Example XML示例

<geometry
  s="0.0000000000000000e+00"
  x="-6.8858131487889267e+01"
  y="4.1522491349480972e-01"
  hdg="6.5004409066736524e-01"
  length="2.5615689718113455e+01">
  <poly3
    a="0.0000000000000000e+00"
    b="0.0000000000000000e+00"
    c="1.4658732624442020e-02"
    d="-5.7746497381565959e-04"/>
</geometry>
<geometry
  s="2.5615689718113455e+01"
  x="-4.8650519031141869e+01"
  y="1.5778546712802767e+01"
  hdg="2.9381264033570398e-01"
  length="3.1394863696852912e+01">
  <poly3
    a="0.0000000000000000e+00"
    b="0.0000000000000000e+00"
    c="-1.9578575382799307e-02"
    d="2.3347864348004167e-04"/>
</geometry>

Rules 规则

The following rules apply to cubic polynoms:

  • A cubic polynom may be used to describe the course of a road for which measurement data is available

  • If the local u/v-coordinate system is aligned with the s/t-coordinate system of the start point, the polynom parameter coefficients are a=b=0.

  • The starting point (@x,@y) of the <geometry> element is located on the v-coordinate axis of the local u/v-coordinate system.

  • The polynomial parameters a and b should be 0 for a smooth reference line.

以下规则适用于三次多项式:

  • 三次多项式可(may)被用于描述在测量数据可用的情况下道路的走向。

  • 若局部u/v坐标系与s/t坐标系起始点一致,那么多项式参数系数为a=b=0。

  • <geometry>元素的起始点(@x,@y)定位在局部u/v坐标系的v轴上。

  • 多项式参数a和b应(should)为0,以确保参考线的平滑。

Related topics 相关内容

  • Parametric cubic curve

  • Georeferencing

  • Roads

  • Generating arbitrary road courses from geometry elements

  • 参数三次曲线

  • 地理坐标参考

  • 道路

  • 从几何形状元素生成任意道路线

7.7. Parametric cubic curve 参数三次曲线

Parametric cubic curves are used for complex curves that are to be generated from measurement data. Parametric cubic curves are more flexible and allow a greater variety of road courses than cubic polynoms. In comparison to cubic polynoms that are defined in a x/y-coordinate system or as local u/v-coordinates, the coordinates x and y are interpolated separately by their own splines with respect to a common interpolation parameter p.

参数三次曲线被用于描述从测量数据中生成的复杂曲线。参数三次曲线相较于三次多项式更为灵活,它能描述更多种类的道路线。与在x/y坐标系中被定义或被当成局部u/v坐标系的三次多项式比起来,x坐标与y坐标的插值是通过它们自身的样条相对于共同的插值参数p而进行的。

7.7.1. Generating roads using parametric cubic curves 使用参数三次曲线生成道路

Generating road courses with parametric cubic curves only require x- and y-coordinates. For reasons of consistency to cubic polynoms, they may be calculated simultaneously to cubic polynoms using local u- and v-coordinates.

只需使用x轴和y轴便可以用参数三次曲线生成道路线。为保持三次多项式的连贯性,可(may)利用u轴和v轴同时将它们计算到三次多项式里。

u(p) = aU + bU*p + cU*p2 + dU*p³
v(p) = aV + bV*p + cV*p2 + dV*p³

Unless otherwise stated, the interpolation parameter p is in the range [0;1]. Alternatively, it may be given in the range [0; @length of <geometry>]. Similar to cubic polynoms, the local coordinate system with the variables u and v may be placed and oriented arbitrarily.

若无另外说明,插值参数p则在[0;1]范围内。另外,也可(may)在 [0; @length of <geometry> ]的范围内对其赋值。与三次多项式相似,有着变量u和v的局部坐标系可(may)被任意放置和旋转。

To simplify representation, the local coordinate system may be aligned with the s/t-coordinate system at the start point (@x,@y) and start orientation @hdg:

  • u points in local s-direction, meaning along the reference line at the start point

  • v points in local t-direction, meaning in lateral deviation from the reference line at the start point

  • the parameters @aU, @aV and @bV shall be zero

为简化描绘,局部坐标系可(may)与s/t坐标系在起始点(@x,@y)和起始方向@hdg上保持一致:

  • u点在局部s方向,即沿参考线在起始点上。

  • v点在局部t方向,即从参考线在起始点上作横向偏移。

  • 参数@aU、@aV和@bV应(shall)为零。

Providing non-zero values for the parameters @aU, @aV and @bV leads to a shift and rotation of the s/t coordinates as shown Figure 26, Figure 27 and Figure 28.

如图26、27和28所示,给参数@aU、@aV、 和@bV赋予非零值会导致s/t坐标系的转移和旋转。

After defining the points of the curve for a given parameter p, the u-values and v-values are transformed into values of the x/y-coordinate system with regard to the shifts and orientation specified by the parameters @aU, @aV, @bU, @bV, the start coordinates (@x,@y) and the start orientation @hdg.

在为已知参数p定义曲线上的点后,在考虑相对于参数@aU、@aV、@bU、@bV、起始坐标(@x,@y)和起始方向@hdg所规定的位移和方向的前提下,u值和v值会被转换成x/y坐标系里的值。

It has to be noted that there is a non-linear relation between the interpolation parameter p and the actual length of the arc between the start point (@x,@y) in the <geometry> element and the point (x(p),y(p)) associated with the parameter p. In general, only the startpoint and endpoint parameter p=0 and p=@length (for the option @pRange=arcLength) will coincide with the actual length of the arc.

这里需注意的是:插值参数p和 <geometry> 元素中起始点(@x,@y)和与参数p相关的点(x(p),y(p))之间弧线实际长度是非线性关系。通常来说,只有起点和终点参数p=0和p=@length(选项@pRange=arcLength)与弧线的实际长度一致。

Taking into account shift and rotation parameters @a and @b and the (@x,@y) and @hdg specified in the <geometry> element, the final x/y-curve position at a given u-coordinate, as shown in figure 29

考虑到 <geometry> 元素中说明的位移和旋转参数@a、@b、(@x,@y) 和@hdg,在给定的u坐标上最终的x/y曲线位置如图29所示。

img30
Figure 30. A parametric cubic polynom for interpolation of u coordinate 图30.为u坐标插值所做的参数三次多项式
img31
Figure 31. A parametric cubic polynom for interpolation of v coordinate 图31. 为v坐标插值所做的参数三次多项式
img32
Figure 32. A parametric cubic polynom 图32.参数三次多项式

In OpenDRIVE, parametric cubic curves are represented by <paramPoly3> elements within the <geometry> element.

在OpenDRIVE中,参数三次曲线用 <geometry> 元素里的 <paramPoly3> 元素来表示。

Attributes 属性

t_road_planView_geometry_poly3
Table/表 10. Attributes of the paramPoly3 element

attributes
属性

name
名称

type
类型

unit
单位

value

Description
描述

aU

double

m

]-∞;∞[

Polynom parameter a

多项式参数a

bU

double

1/m

]-∞;∞[

Polynom parameter d

多项式参数d

cU

double

1/m²

]-∞;∞[

Polynom parameter c

多项式参数c

dU

double

1/m³

]-∞;∞[

Polynom parameter d

多项式参数d

aV

double

m

]-∞;∞[

Polynom parameter a

多项式参数a

bV

double

1/m

]-∞;∞[

Polynom parameter d

多项式参数d

cV

double

1/m²

]-∞;∞[

Polynom parameter c

多项式参数c

dV

double

1/m³

]-∞;∞[

Polynom parameter d

多项式参数d

pRange

e_paramPoly3_pRange

1/m³

arcLength ; normalized

Range of parameter p.

参数p的范围

- Case arcLength: p in [0, @length of <geometry>]
- Case normalized: p in [0, 1]

XML Example XML示例

<planView>
  <geometry
    s="0.000000000000e+00"
    x="6.804539427645e+05"
    y="5.422483642942e+06"
    hdg="5.287405485081e+00"
    length="6.565893957370e+01">
    <paramPoly3
      aU="0.000000000000e+00"
      bU="1.000000000000e+00"
      cU="-4.666602734948e-09"
      dU="-2.629787927644e-08"
      aV="0.000000000000e+00"
      bV="1.665334536938e-16"
      cV="-1.987729787588e-04"
      dV="-1.317158625579e-09"
      pRange="arcLength">
    </paramPoly3>
  </geometry>
</planView>

Rules 规则

The following rules apply to parametric cubic curves:

  • If the local u/v-coordinate system is aligned with the s/t-coordinate system of the start point, the polynom parameter coefficients are @aU=@aV=@bV=0.

  • If @pRange="arcLength", p may be chosen in [0, @length from <geometry>]

  • If @pRange="normalized", p may be chosen in [0, 1]

  • The polynomial parameters aU, bU and aV should be 0 for a smooth reference line.

以下规则适用于参数三次曲线:

  • 若局部u/v坐标系与s/t坐标系的起始点一致,那么多项式参数系数为@aU=@aV=@bV=0。

  • 若@pRange="arcLength",那么p可(may)在[0, @length from <geometry> ]范围内对其赋值。

  • 若@pRange="normalized",那么p可(may)在[0, 1]范围内对其赋值。

  • 多项式参数aU、bU和 aV应为0,以确保参考线的平滑。

Related topics 相关内容

  • Cubic polynom

  • Georeferencing

  • Roads

  • Generating arbitrary road courses from geometry elements

  • 三次多项式

  • 地理坐标参考

  • 道路

  • 从几何形状元素生成任意道路线

8. Roads 道路

In OpenDRIVE, the road network is represented by <road> elements. Each road runs along one road reference line. A road shall have at least one lane with a width larger than 0.

路网在OpenDRIVE中用 <road> 元素来表示。每条道路都沿一条道路参考线延伸。一条道路必须(shall)拥有至少一条宽度大于0的车道。

OpenDRIVE roads may be roads in the real road network or artificial road network created for application use. Each road is described by one or more <road> elements. One <road> element may cover a long stretch of a road, shorter stretches between junctions, or even several roads. A new <road> element should only start if the properties of the road cannot be described within the previous <road> element or if a junction is required.

OpenDrive中的道路可以(may)与真实路网中或为应用而设的路网中的道路相提并论。每条道路由一个或多个 <road> 元素描述。一个 <road> 元素可以(may)覆盖一条长路、交叉口之间较短的路,或甚至多条道路。只有在道路的属性不能在先前 <road> 元素中得到描述或需要一个交叉口的情况下,才应(should)开始一个新的 <road> 元素。

Related topics 相关内容

  • Reference line

  • Road linkage

  • Lanes

  • 参考线

  • 道路连接

  • 车道

UML Model UML模型

img33
Figure 33. UML Model for Roads 图33. 用于道路的UML模型
img34
Figure 34. UML model for Road Geometry 图34. 用于道路几何形状的UML模型

Attributes 属性

Table/表 11. Attributes of the road element 道路元素的属性

attributes
属性

name
名称

type
类型

unit
单位

value

Description
描述

name

string

Name of the road. May be chosen freely.

道路的名称;可以(may)随意选择

length

t_grZero

Total length of the reference line in the xy-plane. Change in length due to elevation is not considered

xy平面中参考线的总长度;无需考虑被高程影响的长度变化。

id

string

-;[0;∞[

Unique ID within the database. If it represents an integer number, it should comply to uint32_t and stay within the given range.

ID在数据库中是唯一的。若其形式是一个整数,它则应符合uint32_t且不超出给定范围。

junction

string

-;-1

ID of the junction to which the road belongs as a connecting road (= -1 for none)

交叉口的ID,道路作为联接道路属于该交叉口(无(none)使用= -1)

rule

e_trafficRule

]-∞;∞[

Basic rule for using the road; RHT=right-hand traffic, LHT=left-hand traffic. When this attribute is missing, RHT is assumed.

使用道路的基本规则; RHT =靠右行车,LHT =靠左行车。当缺少此属性时,将假定为RHT。

8.1. Properties for road sections and cross section 道路段以及横截面的属性

Some properties of roads are described based on the cross section of the road. The road cross section is the orthogonal view of the road at a given point on the road reference line. An example of a property that refers to the road cross section is superelevation. Elements that are valid for a road cross section are valid for the whole width of the road at a given point on the reference line.

某些道路属性是基于道路横截面得到描述的,道路横截面是道路参考线上给定点处的道路正交视图。超高程是一种与道路横截面相关的属性。如果元素对道路横截面有效,那么它对道路参考线上给定点处的整个宽度都有效。

Other road properties are described based on the plan view of the road. This includes lanes and road elevation. For these properties, the term road section is used. Road sections describe parts of roads and their specific properties along the s-coordinate of the road reference line. Properties that are valid for a road section may not be valid for the whole width of the road, but for specific lanes only.

其他道路属性是基于道路平面图得到描述的,其中包括车道和道路高程。这些属性称为道路段,其描述了道路的各个部分以及它们沿道路参考线s坐标的特定属性。对路段有效的属性仅对特定车道有效,可能(may)对整个道路宽度无效。

That means it is possible to create sections for different properties like road type or lane sections. Sections are created by an additional element within the <road> element, using new start s-coordinates. The length of a section is implicitly given by the difference between two given s-start positions. Sections shall be stored in ascending order of s-coordinates.

这意味着可为不同属性(例如道路类型或车道段)创建不同的道路段,方式是使用新的起始s坐标以及 <road> 元素中的附加元素。两个给定s-起始位置之间的差别隐式地指定了组的长度。段的存储必须(shall)按s坐标升序来进行。

8.2. Road Linkage 道路连接

For applications to navigate through a road network, roads must be linked to each other. Roads may be connected to another road or a junction. Isolated roads are not connected to other roads or junctions.

为了能够在路网中行进,道路必须(must)相互连接。道路可以(may)连接到其他道路或交叉口上(孤立的道路除外)。

Figure 35 shows scenarios of prohibited, allowed, and recommended road linkage. It is important that the lanes and reference lines of the roads to be linked have a direct linkage to its predecessor or successor. Overlaps or leaps should be avoided but are not prohibited if the reference lines are connected properly.

图35的场景展示了禁止、允许以及建议的道路连接方式。非常重要的是,相互连接的道路的车道及其参考线需与其前驱以及后继道路的车道及其参考线直接连接。如果参考线连接正确,则应该避免重叠或断口,但不完全禁止。

img35
Figure 35. Allowed, prohibited, and recommended road linkage 图35. 允许、禁止以及建议的道路连接

Figure 36 shows the allowed scenarios for road linkage outside junctions, with two roads running in the same, opposite, or converging directions. Road linkage is not possible, if the two reference lines are not connected to each other.

图36的场景展示了在交叉口外可行的道路连接方式,其中包括两条同向、反向或汇聚的道路。如果这两条参考线相互不连接,则也无法实现道路连接。

img36
Figure 36. Allowed scenarios of road linkage 图36. 可行的道路连接场景
img37
Figure 37. Allowed scenario of road linkage within a junction 图37. 可行的路口内道路连接场景

In OpenDRIVE, road linkage is represented by the <link> element within the <road> element. The <predecessor> and <successor> elements are defined within the <link> element. For virtual and regular junctions, different attribute sets shall be used for the <predecessor> and <successor> elements.

在OpenDRIVE中,道路连接用 <road> 元素里的 <link> 元素来表示。 <predecessor> 以及 <successor> 元素在 <link> 元素中被定义。对于虚拟和常规的交叉口来说, <predecessor> 以及 <successor> 元素必须使用(shall)不同的属性组。

img38
Figure 38. UML model for road linkage 图38. 用于道路连接的UML模型

Attributes 属性

t_road_link

Follows the road header if the road is linked to a successor, a predecessor, or a neighbor. Isolated roads may omit this element.

如果道路与一条后继、前驱或相邻道路连接,该属性则遵循道路头文件。孤立的道路可(may)忽略该元素。

t_road_link_predecessorSuccessor

For virtual and regular junctions, different attribute sets shall be used. @contactPoint shall be used for regular junctions; @elementS and @elementDir shall be used for virtual junctions.

必须(shall)将不同属性用于虚拟以及常规的交叉口。@contactPoint须(shall)用于常规交叉口;@elementS 和 @elementDir则须(shall)用于虚拟交叉口。

Table/表 12. Attributes of the road link predecessorSuccessor element 道路连接前驱以及后继元素的属性

attributes
属性

name
名称

type
类型

unit
单位

value

Description
描述

elementId

string

ID of the linked element

被连接的元素ID

elementType

e_road_link_elementType

road ; junction

Type of the linked element

被连接的元素类型

contactPoint

e_contactPoint

start ; end

Contact point of link on the linked element

被连接元素中的链接接触点

elementS

t_grEqZero

m

Alternative to contactPoint for virtual junctions. Indicates a connection within the predecessor, meaning not at the start or end of the predecessor. Shall only be used for elementType "road"

用于虚拟交叉口的接触点contactPoint的备选;标明了前驱中的联接,意为不在前驱的起点或终点。只能(shall)用于"road"元素类型

elementDir

e_elementDir

+;-

To be provided when elementS is used for the connection definition. Indicates the direction on the predecessor from which the road is entered.

该属性将在用elementS定义联接时提供,它标明了道路进入的前面的道路的方向。

Rules 规则

The following rules apply to road linkage:

  • Two roads shall only be linked directly, if the linkage is clear. If the relationship to successor or predecessor is ambiguous, junctions shall be used.

  • A road may have another road or a junction as successor or predecessor. A road may also have no successor or predecessor.

  • A road may serve as its own predecessor or successor.

以下规则适用于道路连接:

  • 只有在连接(linkage)清晰的情况下,才能(shall)直接连接两条道路。如果与前驱或后继的关系模糊,则必须(shall)使用交叉口。

  • 道路可(may)将其他道路或交叉口作为其后继或前驱,它也可以(may)没有后继或前驱。

  • 道路亦可(may)作为自身的后继或前驱。

Related topics 相关内容

  • Reference line

  • Junctions

  • Lane linkage

  • 参考线

  • 交叉口

  • 车道连接

8.3. Road type 道路类型

The road type defines the main purpose of a road and the associated traffic rules. Example road types are motorways and rural roads. The road type is valid for the entire road cross section.

道路类型(例如高速公路以及乡村公路)定义了道路的主要用途以及相关的交通规则。道路类型对于整个道路横截面均有效。

The road type may be changed as often as needed within a <road> element. This may be done by defining different road types at given points along the reference line. One road type remains valid until another road type is defined.

通过在沿参考线的给定点上定义不同道路类型,可(may)在 <road> 元素中根据需要改变道路类型。道路类型将持续有效,直到另一个道路类型被定义。

In OpenDRIVE, the road type is represented by the <type> element within the <road> element. The road type itself is given in the @type attribute.

在OpenDRIVE中,道路类型用<road>元素中的 <type> 元素来表示。道路类型本身在@type属性中被给定。

Attributes 属性

t_road_type

A road type element is valid for the entire cross section of a road. It is valid until a new road type element is provided or until the road ends.

道路类型元素对于整个道路横截面持续有效,直到新的道路类型元素出现或者道路结束。

Table/表 13. Attributes of the road type element 道路类型元素的属性

attributes
属性

name
名称

type
类型

unit
单位

value

Description
描述

s

t_grEqZero

m

[0;∞[

s-coordinate of start position

起始位置的s坐标

type

e_roadType

Country code of the road, see ISO 3166-1, alpha-2 codes.

道路的国家/地区代号,参见ISO 3166-1,alpha-2代号。

country

e_countryCode

Country code of the road, see ISO 3166-1, alpha-2 codes.

道路的国家/地区代号,参见ISO 3166-1,alpha-2代号。

Rules 规则

The following rules apply to road types:

  • When the type of road changes, a new <type> element shall be created within the parent <road> element.

  • Country code and state identifier may be added to the <type> element to specify which national traffic rules apply to this road type. The according data is stored in the application and not in OpenDRIVE.

  • There shall only be ALPHA-2 country codes in use, no ALPHA-3 country codes, because only ALPHA-2 country codes support state identifiers.

  • Single lanes may have another type than the road they belong to. Road type and lane type represent different properties and are both valid if specified.

以下规则适用于道路类型:

  • 当道路类型有变更时,必须(shall)在父级<road>元素中创建一个新的 <type> 元素。

  • 可(may)添加国家/地区代号以及州标识符至 <type> 元素中,以便对适用于该道路类型的国家交通规则进行详细说明。相关数据并不存储在OpenDRIVE中,它将存储于应用中。

  • 只能(shall)使用ALPHA-2 国家/地区代号,ALPHA-3 国家/地区代号不能得以使用,原因是只有ALPHA-2 国家/地区代号才支持州标识符。

  • 单独车道可能(may)与其所属道路的类型不同。道路类型和车道类型代表不同的属性,若有具体说明,那么两种属性都为有效。

Related topics 相关内容

  • Lane type

  • Properties for road sections and cross section

  • 车道类型

  • 道路段以及横截面的属性

8.3.1. Speed limits for road types 道路类型的限速

A speed limit may be defined for a road type. When the road type changes and a speed limit exists on that road section, a new speed element is required, because road types have no globally valid speed limits. The limit shall be defined for each road type element separately.

可(may)为道路类型设置速度限制(限速)。若道路类型已更改且在路段中已有速度限制存在,由于道路类型并不拥有全局有效的速度限制,因此需要一个新的速度元素。必须(shall)为每个道路类型元素单独定义限速。

In OpenDRIVE, the speed limit is represented by the <speed> element within the <type> element.

在OpenDRIVE中,速度限制用 <type> 元素里的 <speed> 元素来表示。

Attributes 属性

t_road_type_speed

Defines the default maximum speed allowed in conjunction with the specified road type.

该属性结合了特定的道路类型对默认的最大允许速度进行定义。

Table/表 14. Attributes of the road type speed element 道路类型速度元素的属性

attributes
属性

name
名称

type
类型

unit
单位

value

Description
描述

max

t_maxSpeed

no limit ; undefined ; [0,∞[

s-coordinate of start position

起始位置的s坐标

unit

e_unitSpeed

Unit of the attribute max. For values, see chapter "units".

最大属性的单位。关于值,请参见"单位"。

Rules 规则

The following rules apply to speed limits:

  • A maximum speed may be defined as default value per road type element.

  • Single lanes may have different speed limits than the road they belong to. They are defined as <laneSpeed>.

  • Speed limits derived from signals shall always have preference.

以下规则适用于速度限制:

  • 最大速度可以(may)被定义为每个道路类型元素的默认值。

  • 单独车道可以(may)有不同于其所属道路的速度限制,其将被定义为<laneSpeed>。

  • 源自标志的限速必须(shall)始终被优先考虑。

Related topics 相关内容

  • Road type

  • Properties for road sections and cross section

  • Signals

  • 道路类型

  • 道路段和横截面的属性

  • 标志

8.4. Methods of Elevation 高程的方法

There are several ways to elevate a road or parts of a road:

  • Road elevation specifies the elevation along the road reference line, that is in s direction.

  • The lateral profile, using superelevation and shape definition, specifies the elevation orthogonally to the reference line, that is in t direction.

以下几种方法用于标高道路或道路的部分:

  • 道路高程详细说明了沿道路参考线(s方向)的高程。

  • 通过使用超高程以及形状定义,横断面图将对与t方向参考线正交的高程进行详细说明。

The types of road elevation are shown in figure 39

道路高程的类型参见图39。

img39
Figure 39. Types of elevation 图39. 高程的类型

The s length does not change with the elevation.

s长度不随着高程变化。

8.4.1. Road elevation 道路高程

A road may be elevated along its reference line. Road elevation is defined per road cross section at a given position on the reference line. Elevation is specified in meters. The default elevation of a road is zero. In case georeferencing is used, the definition of zero depends on it.

一条道路可(may)沿其参考线被标高,需根据每个在参考线上给定点的道路横截面来对道路高程进行定义。高程以米为单位,道路的默认高程为零。若使用了地理坐标参考,则根据地理坐标参考对零进行定义。

In OpenDRIVE, elevation is represented by the <elevation> element inside the <elevationProfile> element.

在OpenDRIVE中,高程用 <elevationProfile> 元素中的 <elevation> 元素来表示。

Attributes 属性

t_road_elevationProfile_elevation

Defines an elevation element at a given position on the reference line. Elements shall be defined in ascending order along the reference line. The s length does not change with the elevation.

该属性定义了参考线上给定点处的高程元素。此外,必须(shall)沿参考线按升序对元素进行定义。s的长度不随高程而改变。

Table/表 15. Attributes of the elevation element 高程元素的属性

attributes
属性

name
名称

type
类型

unit
单位

value

Description
描述

s

t_grEqZero

m

[0;∞[

s-coordinate of start position

起始位置的s坐标

a

double

m

]-∞;∞[

Polynom parameter a

多项式的参数a

b

double

1

]-∞;∞[

Polynom parameter d

多项式的参数d

c

double

1/m

]-∞;∞[

Polynom parameter c

多项式的参数c

d

double

1/m²

]-∞;∞[

Polynom parameter d

多项式的参数d

Calculation 计算方式

Road elevation is calculated with the following polynomial function of the third order:

使用以下三次多项式函数来计算道路高程:

elev(ds) = a + b*ds + c*ds² + d*ds³

where 其中

elev

is the elevation (inertial z) at a given position

是给定位置上的高程(惯性 z)

a, b, c, d

are the coefficients

是系数

ds

is the distance along the reference line between the start of a new elevation element and the given position.

是沿着参考线上新高程元素的起点与给定位置之间的距离

ds restarts at zero for each element. The absolute position of an elevation value is calculated as follows:

每当新的元素出现,`ds`则清零。使用以下公式对高程值的绝对位置进行计算:

s = sstart + ds

where 其中

s

is the absolute position in the reference line coordinate system

是参考线坐标系中的绝对位置

sstart

is the start position of the element in the reference line coordinate system

是元素在参考线坐标中的起始位置

Rules 规则

The following rules apply to road elevation:

  • Roads shall be elevated along their reference line.

  • Road elevation may be defined in combination with superelevation and road shape or standalone.

  • Elevation elements shall be defined in ascending order. Because the elevation can go up and down, the elements shall be linked to the respective position on the reference line.

  • The definition of road elevation remains valid until the next element of this type is defined.

以下规则适用于道路高程:

  • 道路必须(shall)沿其参考线被标高。

  • 道路高程可(may)单独或者结合超高程以及道路形状被定义。

  • 对高程元素的定义必须(shall)按升序进行。由于高程可以上下移动,元素必须(shall)被连接到参考线上的相应位置。

  • 道路高程的定义持续有效,直到该类型的下一个元素得到定义。

Related topics 相关内容

  • Superelevation

  • Shape definition

  • 超高程

  • 形状定义

8.4.2. Superelevation 超高程

Superelevation is part of the lateral profile and describes the cross slope of the road. It may be used, for example, to incline the road to the inner side so that vehicles can drive through them more easily. For superelevated roads, the t axis of a road is not parallel to the underlying terrain, as shown in figure 40. For this reason, a lateral profile is defined for the entire road cross section. Superelevation does not change the actual width of a lane, but it affects the projected width. The default value for superelevation is zero.

超高程是横断面图的一部分,它描述了道路的横坡。它可(may)用于将道路往内侧倾斜,从而使车辆更容易驶过。如图40所示,对于被超高程的道路而言,道路的t轴不与下层地形平行。因此,横断面图的定义适用于整个道路横截面。超高程不改变车道的实际宽度,但它会影响被投影的宽度。超高程的默认值为零。

Mathematically, superelevation is defined as the roll angle of the road cross section around the reference line. That means, superelevation has positive values for roads falling to the right side and negative values for roads falling to the left side.

超高程从数学角度被定义为围绕参考线的道路横截面的倾斜角。这意味着超高程对于向右边倾斜的道路具有正值,对于向左边倾斜的道路具有负值。

In the example in figure 40, the reference line is parallel to the y axis, to simplify the given example.

为简化上述示例,图40示例中的参考线平行于y轴。

img40
Figure 40. Superelevation 图40.超高程

In OpenDRIVE, superelevation is represented by the <superelevation> element within the <lateralProfile> element.

在OpenDRIVE中,超高程用<lateralProfile>元素中的 <superelevation> 元素来表示。

Attributes 属性

t_road_lateralProfile_superelevation

Defined as the road section’s roll angle around the s-axis. Elements must be defined in ascending order along the reference line. The parameters of an element are valid until the next element starts or the road reference line ends. Per default, the superelevation of a road is zero.

该属性被定义为围绕着s轴的路段倾斜角。必须(must)沿参考线按升序定义元素。元素的参数将持续有效,直到下一个元素开始或道路参考线结束。道路的超高程程默认为零。

Table/表 16. Attributes of the superelevation element 超高程元素的属性

attributes
属性

name
名称

type
类型

unit
单位

value

Description
描述

s

t_grEqZero

m

[0;∞[

s-coordinate of start position

起始位置的s坐标

a

double

rad

]-∞;∞[

Polynom parameter a, superelevation at @s (ds=0)

多项式的参数a, 超高程在@s (ds=0)处

b

double

rad/m

]-∞;∞[

Polynom parameter d

多项式的参数d

c

double

rad/m²

]-∞;∞[

Polynom parameter c

多项式的参数c

d

double

rad/m³

]-∞;∞[

Polynom parameter d

多项式的参数d

Calculation 计算方式

Superelevation is calculated using the following polynomial function of the third order:

通过使用以下三次多项式函数,对超高程进行计算:

sElev (ds) = a + b*ds + c*ds2 + d*ds3

where 其中

sElev

is the superelevation at a given position

是给定位置的超高程

a, b, c, d

are the coefficients

是系数

ds

is the distance along the reference line between the start of a superelevation element and the given position.

是沿参考线上超高程元素的起点与给定位置之间的距离

ds restarts at zero for each element. The absolute position of a superelevation value is calculated as follows:

每当新的元素出现,ds 则清零。超高程值的绝对位置的计算方式如下:

s = sstart + ds

where 其中

s

is the absolute position in the reference line coordinate system

是在参考线坐标系中的绝对位置

sstart

is the start position of the element in the reference line coordinate system

是元素在参考线坐标系中的起始位置

Rules 规则

The following rules apply to superelevation:

  • When superelevation is defined, it shall apply to the entire road cross section.

  • Single lanes of a road may be excluded from superelevation using the @level attribute.

  • Road elevation may be defined in combination with superelevation.

以下规则适用于超高程:

  • 超高程的定义必须(shall)适用于整个道路横截面。

  • 通过使用@level属性,道路的单条车道

Related topics 相关内容

  • Excluding lanes from road elevation

  • Road elevation

  • Shape definition

  • 从道路高程中排除车道

  • 道路高程

  • 形状定义

8.4.3. Shape definition 形状定义

Some lateral road shapes are too complex to be described by superelevation alone. Shapes describe the elevation of a road’s cross section at a given point on the reference line in a more detailed way. That means, there may be several shape definitions at one s-coordinate that have different t-values, thereby describing the curvy shape of the road.

由于某些横向道路形状过于复杂,仅使用超高程来描述是不够的。通过形状则能够更详细地描述在参考线上给定点处的道路横截面的高程。这意味着,一个有多个t值的s坐标上可以(may)拥有多个形状定义,从而对道路的弯曲形状进行描述。

If shapes are used without superelevation, the actual width of a lane might be changed due to its curvilinear shape. The projected width with respect to the planview is not affected.

如果不结合超高程而使用了形状,车道的实际宽度可能会由于其曲线的形状而被改变。相对于平面图的投影宽度不受影响。

If shapes are combined with superelevation as shown in figure 41, the projected width with respect to the superelevated state does not change, but the projected width with respect to the planview is affected.Between shape profiles, at specific s-coordinates, the road shape is interpolated linearly. Combining shapes with non-linear lane offsets should be avoided.

如果结合超高程而使用了形状(如图41所示),相对于超高程状态的道路投影宽度不会变化,但相对于平面图的投影宽度会有变化。

The defined t range must at least cover the maximum t-expansion of the entire <road> element, as shown in the figure 42.

如图42所示,被定义的t范围必须(must)最少要覆盖到整个 <road> 元素的最大t展开式。

In figure 41 is shown how to calculate the height information between two lateral profiles. In figure 41 The lateral profile at sR1 has five polynomial definition, while the lateral profile at sR2 has three polynomial definitions. To calculate a point between two lateral profiles, interpolate linear between those two profiles, use the formulas shown in figure 41.

图41展示了如何对两个横断面图之间的高度信息进行计算。该图中的横断面图处于sR1并拥有五个多项式定义,而处于sR2的横断面图则拥有三个多项式定义。可使用图41中的公式对两个横断面图之间的一个点以及线性插值进行计算。

img41
Figure 41. Minimum t-definiton range for road shapes 图41. 道路形状最小的t-定义范围

Typical use cases are curved road surfaces on high-speed test tracks and crossfalls. The default value for shape is zero.

典型的应用案例是高速测试跑道以及路拱上的弯曲路面。形状的默认值为零。

img42
Figure 42. Shape definition (left) in combination with superelevation (right)图42.形状定义(左边)与超高程相结合(右边)

Attributes 属性

t_road_lateralProfile_shape

Defined as the road section’s surface relative to the reference plane. There may be several shape definitions at one s-position that have different t-values, thereby describing the curvy shape of the road.

该属性被定义为相对于参考水平面路段的路面。一个拥有不同t值的s位置上可(may)存在多个形状,从而对道路的弯曲形状进行描述。

Table/表 17. Attributes of the shape element 形状元素的属性

attributes
属性

name
名称

type
类型

unit
单位

value

Description
描述

s

t_grEqZero

m

[0;∞[

s-coordinate of start position

起始位置的s坐标

t

double

m

]-∞;∞[

t-coordinate of start position

起始位置的t坐标

a

double

m

]-∞;∞[

Polynom parameter a, relative height at @t (dt=0)

多项式参数a, 相对高度@t (dt=0)

b

double

1

]-∞;∞[

Polynom parameter d

多项式参数 d

c

double

1/m

]-∞;∞[

Polynom parameter c

多项式参数 c

d

double

1/m²

]-∞;∞[

Polynom parameter d

多项式参数 d

Calculation 计算方式

The shape of the lateral profile is calculated with the following polynomial function:

通过以下多项式函数可对横断面图的形状进行计算:

hShape (ds)= a + b*dt + c*dt2 + d*dt3

where 其中

hShape

is the height above the reference plane at a given position

是给定位置参考平面上方的高度

a, b, c, d

are the coefficients

是系数

dt

is the distance perpendicular to the reference line between the start of a shape element and the given position

是形状元素起点和给定位置之间垂直于参考线的距离

dt restarts at zero for each element. The absolute position of a shape value is calculated as follows:

每当新的元素出现,dt 则清零。形状值的绝对位置用如下方式计算:

t = tstart + dt

where 其中

t

is the absolute position in the reference line coordinate system

是参考线坐标系中的绝对位置

tstart

is the start position of the element in the reference line coordinate system

是元素在参考线坐标系中的起始位置

Rules 规则

The following rules apply to shapes:

  • Shapes may be defined in combination with superelevation and road elevation.

  • There should be no lane offset when using shapes.

以下规则适用于形状:

  • 可结合超高程以及道路高程对形状进行定义。

  • 在使用形状时,不应该(should)存在任何车道偏移。

Related topics 相关内容

  • Road elevation

  • Superelevation

  • Properties for road sections and cross section

  • 道路高程

  • 道路超高程

  • 路段以及横截面的属性

8.5. Road surface 道路表面

The description of the surface of a road is part of OpenCRG, not OpenDRIVE. It is possible to reference data created by OpenCRG in OpenDRIVE. Neither OpenDRIVE nor OpenCRG contain data regarding the visual representation of the road surface. With OpenCRG it is possible to model detailed road surface attributes, for example cobble stone or pot holes, as shown in figure 43.

OpenDRIVE并不包含对道路表面的描述,该类描述则包含在OpenCRG中,但OpenDRIVE可以引用在OpenCRG中生成的数据。两者均不包含有关道路表面视觉展示的数据。借助OpenCRG可以对更细节化的道路表面属性进行建模,例如图43中的卵石或坑洼。

img43
Figure 43. Road surface as defined in a CRG file 图43. CRG文件中定义的道路表面

As the name indicates, CRG data is organized in a regular grid which is laid out along a reference line (comparable to an OpenDRIVE road’s reference line). At each grid position, it contains the absolute elevation measured along a real road and some additional data which allows for the computation of the delta elevation relative to the reference line. The key to combining OpenDRIVE and CRG data is to define a correlation between the two reference lines and a rule for using the elevation data of both descriptions. CRG data may be offset from the OpenDRIVE road’s reference line (see @tOffset) and it may be oriented in the same or opposite direction as the layout direction of the road (see orientation).

如CRG的名称所示,CRG数据被置于常规网格中,该网格是沿参考线被布置的(类似OpenDRIVE的道路参考线)。在每个网格位置上,它都包含了在真实道路上测量到的绝对高程和某些附加数据,这些数据可以对相对于参考线的delta高程进行计算。将OpenDRIVE和CRG数据进行结合的关键在于对两条参考线之间的相关性以及一条使用两者高程数据的规则进行定义。CRG数据可能(may)会与OpenDRIVE道路参考线有偏差(参见@tOffset),其方向可能与道路布局方向相同或者相反(参见方向)。

img44
Figure 44. positioning of an OpenCRG file along the reference line 图44.沿参考线放置一个OpenCRG文件

The CRG data may be applied to a given OpenDRIVE road in different modes:

@mode = attached:

The reference line of the CRG data set is replaced with the OpenDRIVE road’s reference line, taking into account the @tOffset and the @sOffset parameters The CRG local elevation values (calculated by evaluating the CRG grid and applying @zOffset and @zScale) will be added to the surface elevation data of the OpenDRIVE road (as derived from the combination of elevation, superelevation and crossfall). With this mode, the surface information relative to the original CRG data’s reference line is transferred from an arbitrary CRG road to an OpenDRIVE road without having to make sure that the overall geometries of the road match. The original position, heading, curvature, elevation and superelevation of the CRG road are disregarded. The CRG grid is evalvated along the OpenDRIVE reference line instead of the CRG reference line.

可(may)在不同模式下将CRG数据应用于给定的OpenDRIVE道路:

@mode = attached附加:

出于对@tOffset以及@sOffset参数的考虑,CRG数据集的参考线将被替换为OpenDRIVE道路的参考线。通过对CRG网格的评估以及@zOffset和@zScale的应用后得出CRG局部高程值,该值会被添加到OpenDRIVE道路的表面高程数据中(该数据衍生于高程、超高程以及路拱的组合)。无需考虑道路的全方位几何是否匹配,这个模式可用于将相对于原始CRG数据的参考线的道路表面信息从任意CRG道路转移到OpenDRIVE道路中。CRG道路的原始位置、航向角/偏航角、曲率、高程以及超高程均不在考虑范围内。CRG网格的评估是沿OpenDRIVE参考线,而不是沿CRG参考线而进行的。

\[\left( \begin{array}{rrr} u \\ v \\ \end{array}\right)_{CRG} = \left( \begin{array}{rrr} s - s_{Offset} \\ t - t_{Offset} \\ \end{array}\right)_{OpenDRIVE}\]
img45
Figure 45. OpenCRG attachement mode, attached 图45. OpenCRG附加模式;附加
img46
Figure 46. OpenCRG attached mode with elevation 图46. 具有高程的OpenCRG附加模式

@mode = attached0:

This mode is basically the same as the attached mode, with the only exception that only the CRG data’s elevation value is considered (i.e. the OpenDRIVE elevation is set to zero). To avoid problems set @sStart and @sEnd exactly to the CRG data boundaries. Otherwise gaps with height zero can occur, as shown in the below figure.

该模式与附加模式基本无异,唯一与附加模式不同的是只有CRG数据的高程值会被作为关注对象(即OpenDRIVE高程被设置为零)。为了避免出现问题,需准确地将@sStart及@sEnd设置为CRG数据的边界,否则可能会出现如下图中的高度为零的缺口。

img47
Figure 47. OpenCRG attached0 mode with elevated reference line 图47.具有标高参考线的OpenCRG attached0模式

@mode = genuine:

The start point of the CRG data set’s reference line is positioned relative to the point on the OpenDRIVE road’s reference line at the position defined by @sStart, @sOffset and @tOffset. By providing offset values for the longitudinal (@sOffset) and lateral (@tOffset) displacement, the heading (@hOffset) and the elevation (@zOffset), the correlation between the two description’s reference lines is clear. In genuine mode, the CRG data will completely replace the OpenDRIVE elevation data, i.e. the absolute elevation of a given point of the road surface is directly computed from the CRG data (think of it as combining CRG and OpenDRIVE data with the OpenDRIVE elevation, superelevation and crossfall all being zero). When using this method, it must of course be made sure that the geometry of the CRG data matches – within certain tolerance – the geometry of the underlying OpenDRIVE road.

@mode = genuine真实:

CRG数据集参考线的起点相对于OpenDRIVE道路参考线上的点位于由@sStart、@sOffset和@tOffset定义的位置上。通过为横向以及纵向移位、航向角/偏航角(@hOffset)以及高程(@zOffset)提供偏移值,可以明确OpenCRG与OpenDRIVE各自的参考线之间的相关性。在真实(genuine)模式中,CRG数据会完全取代OpenDRIVE高程数据,也就是说,会直接从CRG数据中计算出道路表面给定点的绝对高程(可把这看成将OpenDRIVE高程、超高程和路拱均设为零时,对CRG和OpenDRIVE数据进行合并)。若使用该方法, 必须(must)确保CRG数据的几何形状在一定的范围内与下层的OpenDRIVE道路几何是匹配的。

\[\left( \begin{array}{rrr} u \\ v \\ \end{array}\right)_{CRG} = \left( \begin{matrix}{} cos(p_{Offset}) & sin(p_{Offset}) \\ -sin(p_{Offset}) & cos(p_{Offset}) \\ \end{matrix}\right) \left( \begin{array}{rrr} s - s_{Offset} \\ t - t_{Offset} \\ \end{array}\right)_{OpenDRIVE}\]
img48
Figure 48. OpenCRG attachement mode, genuine 图48. OpenCRG附加模式;genuine真实

@mode = global:

The CRG data set is just referenced from a given track or a junction record but neither translatory nor rotatory transformation is applied. All data in the CRG file remains in its native co-ordinate system. Elevation data is interpreted as inertial data, i.e. AS IS.

@mode = global全局:

数据集仅从给定轨道或交叉口记录中引用,但并无平移或旋转转换可被应用。CRG文件中的所有数据保留在其原生的坐标系中。高程数据被认作为是惯性数据,也就是AS IS。

@orientation

Since CRG data may only cover parts of a road’s surface, it must be made sure that outside the valid CRG area, the elevation information derived from OpenDRIVE data can still be used. In OpenDRIVE, the road surface is represented by the <surface> element within the <road> element. Data described in OpenCRG is represented by the <CRG> element within the <surface> element.

@orientation 定向

由于CRG数据可能(may)只覆盖了道路表面部分,所以必须(must)确保衍生于OpenDRIVE数据的高程信息在有效的CRG范围外依然可以(can)得以使用。在OpenDRIVE中,道路表面用 <road> 元素里的 <surface> 元素来表示,OpenCRG中描述的数据则用 <surface> 元素里的<CRG>元素来表示。

if more than one CRG entry is given for the same physical property (attribute purpose) at a given location, then the last entry in the sequence of occurrence in the OpenDRIVE file shall be the relevant one. All others will be ignored.
若在给定位置的相同物理属性(属性用途)具备一个以上的CRG条目,那么OpenDRIVE文件内出现顺序中的最后一个条目必须(shall)作为相关条目。所有其他的条目则被忽略。
img49
Figure 49. OpenCRG orientation 图49. OpenCRG方向
\[\left( \begin{array}{rrr} u \\ v \\ \end{array}\right)_{CRG} = \left( \begin{matrix} 0 & -1 \\ -1 & 0 \\ \end{matrix}\right) \left( \begin{array}{rrr} s - s_{Offset} \\ t - t_{Offset} \\ \end{array}\right)_{OpenDRIVE}\]

The orientation attribute rotates the CRG file at the origin of the u/v coordinate system of the OpenCRG. The value "same" has a rotation angle of 0° and the value "opposite" has a value of 180°. The t-offset is not affected by the orientation attribute.

方向属性在OpenCRG的u/v坐标系的原点处沿着CRG文件进行旋转。"same"值的旋转角度为0,"opposite"值则为180°。T-偏移不被方向属性所影响。

Attributes 属性

t_road_surface_CRG
Table/表 18. Attributes of the road surface CRG element 道路表面CRG元素的属性

attributes
属性

name
名称

type
类型

unit
单位

value

Description
描述

file

string

Name of the file containing the CRG data

包含CRG数据的文件名称

sStart

t_grEqZero

m

[0;∞[

Start of the application of CRG data (s-coordinate)

CRG数据应用的开始 (s坐标)

sEnd

t_grEqZero

m

[0;∞[

End of the application of CRG (s-coordinate)

CRG应用的结束(s坐标)

orientation

e_direction

same ; opposite

Orientation of the CRG data set relative to the parent <road> element

CRG数据集相对于父级<road>元素的方向

mode

e_road_surface_CRG_mode

attached; attached0; genuine; global

Attachment mode for the surface data, see specification.

道路表面数据的附加模式,详见详细说明

purpose

e_road_surface_CRG_purpose

elevation ; friction

Physical purpose of the data contained in the CRG file; if the attribute is missing, data will be interpreted as elevation data.

CRG文件包含的数据的物理用途;在属性缺失的情况下,数据会被视作为高程数据处理。

sOffset

double

m

]-∞;∞[

s-offset between CRG center line and reference line of the road (default = 0.0)

CRG中心线与道路的参考线之间的s-偏移(默认为0.0)

tOffset

double

m

]-∞;∞[

t-offset between CRG center line and reference line of the road (default = 0.0)

CRG中心线与道路的参考线之间的t-偏移(默认为0.0)

zOffset

double

m

]-∞;∞[

z-offset between CRG center line and reference line of the road (default = 0.0)

CRG中心线与道路的参考线之间的z-偏移(默认为0.0)

zScale

double

]-∞;∞[

z-scale factor for the surface description (default = 1.0)

用于道路表面描述的z-比例因子(默认为1.0)

hOffset

double

rad

]-∞;∞[

Heading offset between CRG center line and reference line of the road (required for mode genuine only, default = 0.0)

CRG中心线与道路参考线之间的航向角/偏航角偏移(只用于真实genuine模式,默认为0.0)

XML example XML示例

<surface>
  <CRG file="fancyData.crg" sStart="0.0" sEnd="100.0" orientation="same" mode="attached" tOffset="0.0">
  </CRG>
</surface>

Related topics 相关内容

  • Road

  • 道路

8.6. Use cases for roads 道路的应用案例

The following sections contain some sample use cases for modelling roads in OpenDRIVE.

以下小节包含部分在OpenDrive中对道路进行建模的示范应用案例。

8.6.1. Modelling a road shape with a linear crossfall 用线性路拱对道路形状进行建模

Many roads have a crossfall, for example, to provide a drainage gradient so that water runs off the surface into the gutter.

许多道路都有一个路拱,例如用于提供一个排水坡度从而让水能从路面上流入水沟中。

Figure 50 shows a sample definition of a two-lane road with a crossfall.

图50展示了一个拥有路拱的两车道路的样本定义。

img50
Figure 50. Example crossfall modelled with road shape 图50.使用道路形状建模的路拱例子

The linear crossfall has the following properties:

  • The width of the road start at t=-4. Because the values are 0, nothing changes in the height up to t=-3.

  • From t=-3 to t=0, there is a linear rise from 0.15 meter per meter. That means, at t=0 (middle of the road), the road has reached a height of 0.45m.

  • From t=0.45m, the road has a linear fall by 0.1 meter per meter. That means, when reaching t=4, the road has a height of 0.05m (0.45m-0.40m is 0.05m; road loses 0.1 m per meter over a distance of 4m. When starting at 0.45m, the endpoint is at 0.05m).

线性路拱拥有以下属性:

  • 道路的宽度从t=-4开始。由于值为0,因此在高度到t=-3的范围内不会有任何改变。

  • 从t = -3到t = 0,每米线性上升0.15米。这意味着,在t = 0(道路的中间)处,道路已达到0.45m的高度。

  • 从t = 0.45m开始,道路每米线性下降0.1米。这意味着,当达到t = 4时,道路的高度为0.05m(0.45m-0.40m为0.05m;在4m距离后,道路每米损失0.1m;当从0.45m开始时,终点则为0.05 m)。

XML structures used XML结构用于…​

To describe the crossfall, <shape> elements within <lateralProfile> are used.

…​描述路拱,< lateralProfile >中的<shape>元素可被使用。

Using OpenDRIVE structures 使用OpenDRIVE结构

To model road shapes, shape elements shall start at the right side of the road, that is in positive t-direction. That means, the elements start with negative t-values.

…​对道路形状进行建模,形状元素必须(shall)在处于正t方向的道路的右侧开始。这意味着元素将会以负t值的形式开始。

XML example XML示例

<lateralProfile>
    <shape  s="0.0000000000000000e+00"
            t="-4.0000000000000000e+00"
            a="0.0000000000000000e+00"
            b="0.0000000000000000e+00"
            c="0.0000000000000000e+00"
            d="0.0000000000000000e+00"/>
    <shape  s="0.0000000000000000e+00"
            t="-3.0000000000000000e+00"
            a="0.0000000000000000e+00"
            b="1.4999999999999999e-01"
            c="0.0000000000000000e+00"
            d="0.0000000000000000e+00"/>
    <shape  s="0.0000000000000000e+00"
            t="0.0000000000000000e+00"
            a="4.5000000000000001e-01"
            b="-1.0000000000000001e-01"
            c="0.0000000000000000e+00"
            d="0.0000000000000000e+00"/>
    <shape  s="0.0000000000000000e+00"
            t="4.0000000000000000e+00"
            a="5.0000000000000003e-02"
            b="0.0000000000000000e+00"
            c="0.0000000000000000e+00"
            d="0.0000000000000000e+00"/>
</lateralProfile>

9. Lanes 车道

In OpenDRIVE, all roads contain lanes. Each road shall have at least one lane with a width larger than 0. The number of lanes per road is not limited.

在OpenDRIVE中,所有道路都包含了车道。每条道路必须(shall)拥有至少一条宽度大于0的车道,并且每条道路的车道数量不受限制。

For the definition and description of lanes in OpenDRIVE, the center lane is required. The center lane has no width and serves as reference for lane numbering. The center lane itself has the lane number 0. The numbering of the other lanes starts at the center lane: Lane numbers descend to the right, meaning negative t-direction, and ascend to the left, meaning positive t-direction.

需要使用中心车道对OpenDRIVE中的车道进行定义和描述。中心车道没有宽度,并被用作车道编号的参考,自身的车道编号为0。对其他车道的编号以中心车道为出发点:车道编号向右呈降序,也就是朝负t方向;向左呈升序,也就是朝正t方向。

Figure 51 illustrates the center lane for a road with multiple traffic lanes and different driving directions. In this case, the center lane separates the driving directions, depending on left- and right-hand traffic, specified in Road type. Because no lane offset is used, the center lane is identical to the road reference line.

图51展示了一条道路的中心车道,该车道拥有多条交通车道以及不同的行驶方向。在这个示例中,根据靠左行车以及靠右行车的交通模式,中心车道将道路类型中定义的行驶方向分隔开来。由于并未使用车道偏移,因此中心车道等同于道路参考线。

img51
Figure 51. Center lane for road with lanes of different driving directions 图51.拥有不同行驶方向车道的道路以及其中心车道

Figure 52 illustrates the center lane for a road with lanes that have the same driving direction, meaning a one-way road.

图52展示了拥有相同行驶方向车道的道路(即单行道)的中心车道。

img52
Figure 52. Center lane for road with lanes of identical driving direction 图52.拥有相同行驶方向车道的道路以及其中心车道

In OpenDRIVE, lanes are represented by the <lanes> element within a <road> element.

在OpenDRIVE中,车道用 <road> 元素里的 <lanes> 元素来表示。

img53
Figure 53. UML model for lanes 图53.车道的UML模型

Rules 规则

The following rules apply for the use of lanes:

  • Each road shall have a center lane and one lane with a width larger than 0.

  • Roads may have as many lanes as needed.

  • The center lane shall have no width, meaning that the <width> element shall not be used for the center lane.

  • The center lane shall have the lane number 0.

  • Lane numbering shall start with 1 next to the center lane, descend in negative t-direction and ascend in positive t-direction.

  • Lane numbering shall be consecutive without any gaps.

  • Lane numbering shall be unique per lane section.

  • There may be bidirectional lanes. This is specified using the @type attribute of the <lane> element.

以下规则适用于车道的使用:

  • 每条道路必须(shall)拥有一条中心车道及一条宽度大于0的车道。

  • 道路可(may)根据需要而设定任意数量的车道。

  • 中心车道不能(shall)拥有宽度,这就意味着不能(shall)将<width>元素用于中心车道。

  • 中心车道编号必须(shall)为0。

  • 车道编号必须(shall)在中心车道之后从1开始,朝负t方向为降序,朝正t方向为升序。

  • 车道编号必须(shall)保持连续性且无任何间断。

  • 每个车道段都必须(shall)有唯一的车道编号。

  • 可(may)通过使用<lane>元素的@type属性对双向车道进行详细说明。

XML example XML示例

<lanes>
    <laneSection s="0.0">
        <left>
            <lane id="2" type="border" level="false">
                <link>
                </link>
                <width sOffset="0.0" a="1.0" b="0.0" c="0.0" d="0.0"/>
            </lane>
            <lane id="1" type="driving" level="false">
                <link>
                </link>
                <width sOffset="0.0" a="4.0" b="0.0" c="0.0" d="0.0"/>
            </lane>
        </left>
        <center>
            <lane id="0" type="none" level="false">
                <link>
                </link>
            </lane>
         </center>
         <right>
             <lane id="-1" type="driving" level="false">
                <link>
                </link>
                <width sOffset="0.0" a="4.0" b="0.0" c="0.0" d="0.0"/>
             </lane>
             <lane id="-2" type="border" level="false">
                <link>
                </link>
                <width sOffset="0.0" a="1.0" b="0.0" c="0.0" d="0.0"/>
             </lane>
         </right>
    </laneSection>
</lanes>

Related topics 相关内容

  • Lane grouping within lane sections

  • 在车道段中进行车道分组

9.1. Lane grouping within lane sections 在车道段中进行车道分组

For easier navigation through an OpenDRIVE road description, the lanes within a lane section are grouped into left, center, and right lanes. Within these groups, the lanes are described by <lane> elements. Because lane numbers descend in negative t-direction and ascend in positive t-direction, applications can derive the direction of a lane from the lane number given in the ID attribute, unless @type is bi-directional.

为了能够便利地在OpenDRIVE道路描述中进行查找,一个车道段内的车道可分为左、中和右车道,车道在该组中用 <lane> 元素来描述。由于车道编号朝负t方向呈降序且朝正t方向呈升序,应用可(can)从ID属性中给出的车道编号中得知车道的方向(除非@type是双向的)。

img54
Figure 54. Lane grouping with left, center, right 图54.车道按左、中、右分组

In OpenDRIVE, lane groups are represented by <center>, <right> and <left> elements within the <laneSection> element. The ID attribute is defined within the <lane> element that is nested under a <center>, <right>, or <left> element.

在OpenDRIVE中,车道组用 <laneSection> 元素内的 <center><right><left> 元素来表示。ID属性用嵌套在 <center><right<left> 元素里的 <lane> 元素来定义。

img55
Figure 55. UML model for t_road_lanes 图55. t_road_lanes的UML模型

Rules 规则

The following rules apply for lane grouping:

  • Lanes with positive ID run on the left side of the center lane, while lanes with negative ID run on the right side of the center lane.

  • Each lane section shall contain at least one <right> or <left> element.

  • One <center> element shall be defined for each s-coordinate.

  • Each lane section may contain one <center> element.

  • For better orientation, lanes should be listed from left to right, that is with descending ID.

以下规则适用于车道分组:

  • 带有正ID的车道在中心车道的左侧,而带有负ID的车道则在中心车道的右侧。

  • 每个车道段必须(shall)包含至少一个<right>或<left>元素。

  • 必须(shall)给每个s坐标定义一个<center>元素。

  • 每个车道段都可(may)包含一个<center>元素。

  • 为了能够更好地确认方向,车道应(should)按照降序ID按从左到右的顺序排列。

Related topics 相关内容

  • Lane sections

  • Lanes

  • 车道段

  • 车道

9.2. Lane sections 车道段

Lanes may be split into multiple lane sections. Each lane section contains a fixed number of lanes. Every time the number of lanes changes, a new lane section is required, as shown in figure 56. Lane sections are defined in ascending order along the road reference line.

车道可(may)被分成多个段。每个车道段包含车道的一个固定编号。如图56所示,每次车道编号的变更都随之产生一个新车道段的需求。车道段的定义将沿道路参考线按升序来进行。

Figure 56 shows a road section that is divided into different lane sections. A new lane section is required when the number of lanes changes.

图56中,路段被分割成不同的车道段。若车道编号改变,则需要定义一个新的车道段。

img56
Figure 56. A road section with lane sections 图56.拥有车道段的路段

To simplify the use of lane sections for complex roads, they may be defined for one side of the road only using the @singleSide attribute. This principle is shown in figure 57.

为了能更轻易地在复杂道路上对车道段进行使用,可(may)仅使用@singleSide属性对道路的一侧进行定义。图57展示了这一原理。

img57
Figure 57. Lane sections defined seperately for both sides of the road 图57.分别为道路的两侧所定义的车道段

In OpenDRIVE, lane sections are represented by <laneSection> elements within a <lanes> element.

在OpenDRIVE中 ,车道段用 <lanes> 元素里的 <laneSection> 元素来表示。

Attributes 属性

t_road_lanes_laneSection

Lanes may be split into multiple lane sections. Each lane section contains a fixed number of lanes. Every time the number of lanes changes, a new lane section is required.

车道可(may)被分成多个段,每个车道段都包含一个车道的固定编号。每一次的车道编号变更都将需要定义一个新的车道段。

Table/表 19. Attributes of the laneSection element laneSection元素的属性

attributes
属性

name
名称

type
类型

unit
单位

value

Description
描述

s

t_grEqZero

m

[0;∞[

s-coordinate of start position

起始位置的s坐标

singleSide

t_bool

true ; false

Lane section element is valid for one side only (left, center, or right), depending on the child elements.

车道段元素仅对一侧有效(左、中或右),这将取决于子元素。

t_road_lanes_laneSection_center

For easier navigation through an OpenDRIVE road description, the lanes within a lane section are grouped into left, center, and right lanes. Each lane section shall contain one <center> element and at least one <right> or <left> element.

为了能够便利地在OpenDRIVE的道路描述中进行查找,一个车道段内的车道可分为左、中和右车道。每个车道段均必须(shall)包含一个<center>元素和至少一个<right>或<left>元素。

t_road_lanes_laneSection_center_lane

Lane elements are included in left/center/right elements. Lane elements should represent the lanes from left to right, that is, with descending ID.

车道元素被包括在左/中/右元素中。车道元素必须(should)使用降序ID从左到右展示车道。

Table/表 20. Attributes of the laneSection center lane element laneSection中心车道元素的属性

attributes
属性

name
名称

type
类型

unit
单位

value

Description
描述

id

integer

[-∞;∞[

ID of the lane

车道的ID

t_road_lanes_laneSection_left

For easier navigation through an OpenDRIVE road description, the lanes within a lane section are grouped into left, center, and right lanes. Each lane section shall contain one <center> element and at least one <right> or <left> element.

为了能够便利地在OpenDRIVE的道路描述中进行查找,一个车道段内的车道可分为左、中和右车道。每个车道段均必须(shall)包含一个<center>元素和至少一个<right>或<left>元素。

t_road_lanes_laneSection_left_lane

Lane elements are included in left/center/right elements. Lane elements should represent the lanes from left to right, that is, with descending ID.

车道元素被包括在左/中/右元素中。车道元素必须(should)使用降序ID从左到右展示车道。

Table/表 21. Attributes of the laneSection left lane element laneSection左车道元素的属性

attributes
属性

name
名称

type
类型

unit
单位

value

Description
描述

id

integer

[-∞;∞[

ID of the lane

车道的ID

t_road_lanes_laneSection_right

For easier navigation through an OpenDRIVE road description, the lanes within a lane section are grouped into left, center, and right lanes. Each lane section shall contain one <center> element and at least one <right> or <left> element.

为了能够便利地在OpenDRIVE的道路描述中进行查找,一个车道段内的车道可分为左、中和右车道。每个车道段均必须(shall)包含一个<center>元素和至少一个<right>或<left>元素。

t_road_lanes_laneSection_right_lane

Lane elements are included in left/center/right elements. Lane elements should represent the lanes from left to right, that is, with descending ID.

车道元素被包括在左/中/右元素中。车道元素必须(should)使用降序ID从左到右展示车道。

Table/表 22. Attributes of the laneSection right lane element laneSection右车道元素的属性

attributes
属性

name
名称

type
类型

unit
单位

value

Description
描述

id

integer

[-∞;∞[

ID of the lane

车道的ID

Rules 规则

The following rules apply for lane sections:

  • Each road shall have at least one lane section.

  • Lane sections shall be defined in ascending order.

  • There shall always be exactly one center lane at each s-position.

  • Using lanes with a width of 0 for long distances should be avoided.

  • A new lane section shall be defined each time the number of lanes change.

  • A lane section shall remain valid until a new lane section is defined.

  • The properties of lanes inside a lane section may be changed as often as needed.

  • Lane sections may be defined for one side of the road only using the @singleSide attribute.

以下规则适用于车道段:

  • 每条道路都必须(shall)拥有至少一个车道段。

  • 车道段必须(shall)按升序来定义。

  • 每个s位置上都必须(shall)只有一条中心车道。

  • 应该(should)避免在长距离上使用宽度为0的车道。

  • 每次车道编号改变都必须(shall)有新的车道段被定义。

  • 车道段将持续有效,直到一个新的车道段被定义。

  • 可(may)根据需要多次更改一个车道段内的车道属性。

  • 可(may)仅使用@singleSide属性为道路的一侧对车道段进行定义。

Related topics 相关内容

  • Lanes

  • Lane grouping within lane sections

  • Road reference line

  • 车道

  • 车道段内的车道分组

  • 道路参考线

9.3. Lane offset 车道偏移

A lane offset may be used to shift the center lane away from the road reference line. This makes it easier to model local lateral shifts of lanes on roads, for example for left turn lanes.

车道偏移可(may)用于将中心车道从道路参考线上位移,以便能够更轻松地在道路上对车道的局部横向位移进行建模(比如对左转车道进行建模)。

A combination of lane offset and shape definition can lead to inconsistencies depending on the interpolation used for lane offset. Because linear interpolation is used for the road shape along the reference line, linear interpolation should also be used for the offset definition to enable consistent combined use of both definitions.

根据用于车道偏移的插值,车道偏移和形状定义两者的组合可导致不一致性。若线性插值被用于定义沿参考线的道路形状,那么它也应(should)被用于偏移定义,以便两者的定义能被一致地组合使用。

Figure 58 shows the offset of the center lane away from the road reference line.

图58展示了中心车道偏离道路参考线而产生的偏移。

img58
Figure 58. Lane offset 图58.车道偏移

In OpenDRIVE, a lane offset is represented by a <laneOffset> element within a <lanes> element.

在OpenDRIVE中,车道偏移用<lanes>元素内的<laneOffset>元素来表示。

Attributes 属性

t_road_lanes_laneOffset

A lane offset may be used to shift the center lane away from the road reference line.

车道偏移可(may)用于将中心车道从道路参考线上位移。

Table/表 23. Attributes of the laneOffset element laneOffset元素的属性

attributes
属性

name
名称

type
类型

unit
单位

value

Description
描述

s

t_grEqZero

m

[0;∞[

s-coordinate of start position

s坐标的起始位置

a

double

m

]-∞;∞[

Polynom parameter a, offset at @s (ds=0)

多项式参数a, 在@s (ds=0)处偏移

b

double

1

]-∞;∞[

Polynom parameter d

多项式参数 d

c

double

1/m

]-∞;∞[

Polynom parameter c

多项式参数 c

d

double

1/m²

]-∞;∞[

Polynom parameter d

多项式参数 d

Calculation 计算方式

The offset at a given point is calculated with the following polynomial function of the third order:

利用以下三阶多项式函数来计算给定点的偏移:

offset (ds) = a + b*ds + c*ds² + d*ds³

where 其中

offset

is the lateral offset at a given position

是在给定点处的横向偏移

a, b, c, d

are the coefficients

是系数

ds

is the distance along the road reference line between the start of a new lane offset element and the given position

是新的道路偏移元素起始处和给定位置之间沿道路参考线产生的距离

ds restarts at zero for each element. The absolute position of an offset value is calculated as follows:

每当新的元素出现, ds 则清零。偏移值的绝对位置计算方式如下:

s = sstart + ds

where 其中

s

is the absolute position in the reference line coordinate system

是参考线坐标系统中的绝对位置

sstart

is the start position of the element in the reference line coordinate system

是参考线坐标系统中元素的起始位置

A new lane offset element is required each time the polynomial function changes.

每一次的多项式函数变更都需要一个新的车道偏移元素。

XML Example XML示例

<lanes>
     <laneOffset s="25.0" a="0.0" b="0.0" c="3.9e-03" d="-5.2e-05"/>
     <laneOffset s="75.0" a="3.25" b="0.0" c="0.0" d="0.0"/><\lanes>

This example can be found in Ex_Simple-LaneOffset.xodr.

该示例在Ex_Simple-LaneOffset.xodr中可见。

Rules 规则

The following rules apply for lane offsets:

  • Lane offsets shall not be used together with road shapes.

  • A new lane offset shall start when the underlying polynomial function changes.

  • There shall be no offset if border definitions are present.

以下规则适用于车道偏移:

  • 车道偏移不能(shall)与道路形状一同使用。

  • 当底层的多项式函数有变化时,必须(shall)启动一个新的车道偏移。

  • 若边界定义已存在,则不允许(shall)出现偏移。

Related topics 相关内容

  • Lane borders

  • Shape definition

  • Lanes

  • 车道边界

  • 形状定义

  • 车道

9.4. Lane linkage 车道连接

To enable lane navigation, linkage information for lanes may be stored in OpenDRIVE. Linkage is described by means of predecessor and successor information for each lane. Both lanes and junctions may serve as predecessor or successor of lanes. Lanes may be linked to lanes on the same or another road.

车道的连接信息被存储在OpenDRIVE中以便进行车道查找,并将借助于每条车道的前驱以及后继信息来对连接进行描述。车道和交叉口均可(may)作为车道的前驱和后继部分。车道可(may)连接至相同或不同道路上的其他车道上。

img59
Figure 59. Lane links for road with id 10 图59.用于id为10的道路的车道连接

In OpenDRIVE, lane linkage is represented by the <link> element within the <lane> element. The <predecessor> and <successor> elements are defined within the <link> element.

在OpenDRIVE中,车道连接用<lane>元素里的<link>元素来表示。<predecessor>和<successor>元素在<link>元素内得到定义。

img60
Figure 60. UML Model t_road_lanes_laneSection_lcr_lane_link 图60.UML模型t_road_lanes_laneSection_lcr_lane_link

Attributes 属性

t_road_lanes_laneSection_lcr_lane_link

For links between lanes with an identical reference line, the lane predecessor and successor information provide the IDs of lanes on the preceding or following lane section. This element may only be omitted, if lanes end at a junction or have no physical link.

前面的和后置车道信息为有着相同参考线的车道之间的连接提供了车道在前面的以及后置车道段中的ID。只有在车道在一个路口结束或不具有物理连接时,这一元素才可(may)被删除。

t_road_lanes_laneSection_lcr_lane_link_predecessorSuccessor
Table/表 24. Attributes of the predecessor successor elements 前驱与后继元素的属性

attributes
属性

name
名称

type
类型

unit
单位

value

Description
描述

id

integer

[-∞;∞[

ID of the preceding / succeeding linked lane

前驱/后继连接的车道ID

Rules 规则

The following rules apply to lane linkage:

  • A lane may have another lane as successor or predecessor.

  • Two lanes shall only be linked if their linkage is clear. If the relationship to successor or predecessor is ambiguous, junctions shall be used.

  • The <link> element shall be omitted if the lane ends in a junction or has no link.

以下规则适用于车道连接:

  • 一条车道可(may)拥有另外一条车道作为其前驱或后继。

  • 只有当两条车道的连接明确时,它们才能(shall)被连接。若与前驱或后继部分的关系比较模糊,则必须(shall)使用交叉口。

  • 若车道结束于一个路口内或没有任何连接,则必须(shall)删除 <link> 元素。

Related topics 相关内容

  • Road linkage

  • Junctions

  • Lanes

    • 道路连接

    • 交叉口

    • 车道

9.5. Lane properties 车道属性

Lane properties describe the use and shape of lanes. Lane properties are defined per lane section but may change within that section. If a property is not specifically defined for a lane section, applications can apply default properties.

车道属性描述了车道的用途以及形状。每个车道段都定义了一条车道属性,该属性也可能(may)在该车道段中有变化。如果没有特意为车道段定义一条属性,应用便可(can)采用默认属性。

img61
Figure 61. UML model lane properties 图61.UML模型车道属性

Examples of lane properties are lane width, lane border, and speed limits.

车道属性的示例是车道宽度、车道边界和限速。

Rules 规则

The following rules apply for lane properties:

  • Lane properties shall be defined relative to the start of the corresponding lane section.

  • A specific lane property shall remain valid until another lane property of that type is defined or the lane section ends.

  • Lane properties of identical types shall be defined in ascending order.

以下规则适用于车道属性:

  • 车道属性的定义必须(shall)相对于相应车道段的起点来展开。

  • 直到另外一个同类型的车道属性得到定义或车道段结束,特定的车道属性都必须(shall)保持有效。

  • 相同类型的车道属性必须(shall)按升序定义。

9.5.1. Lane width 车道宽度

The width of a lane is defined along the t-coordinate. The width of a lane may change within a lane section.

车道的宽度是沿t坐标而定义的。车道的宽度有可能(may)在车道段内产生变化。

Lane width and lane border elements are mutually exclusive within the same lane group. If both width and lane border elements are present for a lane section in the OpenDRIVE file, the application must use the information from the <width> elements.

车道宽度与车道边界元素在相同的车道组内互相排斥。若宽度以及车道边界元素在OpenDRIVE文件中同时供车道段使用,那么应用必须(must)使用 <width> 元素提供的信息。

In OpenDRIVE, lane width is described by the <width> element within the <lane> element.

在OpenDRIVE中,车道宽度由 <lane> 元素中的 <width> 元素来描述。

Attributes 属性

t_road_lanes_laneSection_lr_lane_width

The width of a lane shall be defined at least once per lane section. The center lane shall have no width, meaning that the <width> element shall not be used for the center lane. The width of a lane shall remain valid until a new width element is defined or the lane section ends.

车道的宽度必须(shall)在每个车道段里至少被定义一次。中心车道不能(shall)有宽度,也就意味着不能(shall)对中心车道使用 <width> 元素。车道的宽度都必须(shall)保持有效,直到一个新的宽度元素被定义或车道段结束。

Table/表 25. Attributes of the lane width element 车道宽度元素的属性

attributes
属性

name
名称

type
类型

unit
单位

value

Description
描述

s

t_grEqZero

m

[0;∞[

s-coordinate of start position of the <width> element, relative to the position of the preceding <laneSection> element

<width> 要相对于前驱<laneSection> 元素的位置的起始位置的s坐标

a

double

m

]-∞;∞[

Polynom parameter a, offset at @s (ds=0)

多项式参数 a, 在@s (ds=0)处偏移

b

double

1

]-∞;∞[

Polynom parameter d

多项式参数 d

c

double

1/m

]-∞;∞[

Polynom parameter c

多项式参数 c

d

double

1/m²

]-∞;∞[

Polynom parameter d

多项式参数 d

Calculation 计算方式

The width at a given point is calculated with the following polynomial function of the third order:

利用以下三阶多项式函数来计算给定点的宽度:

Width (ds) = a + b*ds + c*ds² + d*ds³

where 其中

width

is the width at a given position

是给定点处的宽度

a, b, c, d

are the coefficients

是系数

ds

is the distance along the road reference line between the start of a new lane width element and the given position

是新的道路宽度元素起始处和给定位置之间沿道路参考线产生的距离

ds restarts at zero for each element. The absolute position of a width value is calculated as follows:

每当新的元素出现, ds 则清零。宽度值的绝对位置计算方式如下:

s = ssection + offsetstart + ds

where 其中

s

is the absolute position in the reference line coordinate system

是参考线坐标系统里的绝对位置

sSection

is the start position of the preceding lane section element in the track coordinate system

是轨迹坐标系里前面的车道段元素的起始位置

offsetStart

is the offset of the element relative to the preceding lane section

是相对于前面的车道段的元素的偏移

Figure 62: Change of lane width per lane section shows the change in lane width in positive s-direction, starting at different offset positions.

图62:每个车道段的车道宽度改变也代表了起始于不同偏移位置正s方向的车道宽度中的改变。

img62
Figure 62. Change of lane width per lane section 图62.每个车道段的车道宽度改变

XML Example XML示例

See the sample file Ex_Lane-Width.xodr

参见样本文件Ex_Lane-Width.xodr

Rules规则

The following rules apply to lane width:

  • The width of a lane shall be defined at least once per lane section.

  • The width of the lane shall be defined for the full length of the lane section. This means that there must be a <width> element for s=0.

  • The center lane shall have no width, meaning that the <width> element shall not be used for the center lane.

  • The width of a lane shall remain valid until a new width element is defined or the lane section ends.

  • A new width element shall be defined when the variables of the polynomial function change.

  • Several width elements per lane section shall be defined in ascending order.

  • Width elements shall not be used together with border elements in the same lane group.

以下规则适用于车道宽度:

  • 车道的宽度必须(shall)在每个车道段中至少被定义一次。

  • 必须(shall)为整个车道段的长度定义车道宽度。这意味着s=0必须(must)要有一个<width>元素。

  • 中心车道不能(shall)拥有宽度,也就是说不能对中心车道使用<width>元素。

  • 直到新的宽度元素被定义或者车道段结束,车道的宽度都(shall)保持有效。

  • 当多项式函数的变量发生改变时,新的宽度元素必须(shall)得到定义。

  • 每个车道段的多个宽度元素都必须(shall)按升序得到定义。

  • 不能(shall)在相同车道组里同时使用宽度元素以及边界元素。

Related topics 相关内容

  • Lane sections

  • Lane grouping within lane sections

  • Superelevation

  • Shape definition

  • 车道段

  • 车道段内的车道分组

  • 超高程

  • 形状定义

9.5.2. Lane borders 车道边界

Lane borders are another method to describe the width of lanes. Instead of defining the width directly, lane borders describe the outer limits of a lane, independent of the parameters of their inner borders. In this case, inner lanes are defined as lanes which have the same sign for their ID as the lane currently defined, but with a smaller absolute value for their ID.

车道边界是用来描述车道宽度的另一种方法,它并不会直接定义宽度,而是在独立于其内部边界参数的情况下,对车道的外部界限进行定义。根据上述情况,内车道也被定义为车道,该车道虽然与当前被定义的车道有着相同ID符号,但内车道的ID绝对值要更小。

Especially when road data is derived from automatic measurements, this type of definition is easier than specifying the lane width because it avoids creating many lane sections.

相比较对宽度进行详细说明而言,此类定义要更加地便利。尤其是在道路数据是源自于自动测量结果的情况下,该方式可以避免多个车道段被创建。

Lane width and lane border elements are mutually exclusive within the same lane group. If both width and lane border elements are present for a lane section in the OpenDRIVE file, the application shall use the information from the <width> elements.

车道宽度与车道边界元素在相同的车道组内互相排斥。若宽度以及车道边界元素在OpenDRIVE文件中同时供车道段使用,那么应用必须(must)使用 <width> 元素提供的信息。

In OpenDRIVE, lane borders are represented by the <border> element within the <lane> element.

在OpenDRIVE中,车道边界用 <lane> 元素中的 <border> 元素来表示。

Attributes 属性

t_road_lanes_laneSection_lr_lane_border
Table/表 26. Attributes of the lane border element 车道边界元素的属性

attributes
属性

name
名称

type
类型

unit
单位

value

Description
描述

sOffset

t_grEqZero

m

[0;∞[

s-coordinate of start position of the <width> element, relative to the position of the preceding <laneSection> element

<width> 元素起始位置的s坐标, 相对于前面的 <laneSection> 元素的位置

a

double

m

]-∞;∞[

Polynom parameter a, offset at @s (ds=0)

多项式参数 a, 在@s (ds=0)处偏移

b

double

1

]-∞;∞[

Polynom parameter d

多项式参数 d

c

double

1/m

]-∞;∞[

Polynom parameter c

多项式参数 c

d

double

1/m²

]-∞;∞[

Polynom parameter d

多项式参数 d

Calculation 计算方式

The border position at a given point is calculated with the following polynomial function of the third order:

利用以下三阶多项式函数来计算给定点的边界位置:

tborder (ds) = a + b*ds + c*ds² + d*ds³

where 其中

tborder

is the t-position of the border at a given ds-position

是给定ds位置的边界的t位置

a, b, c, d

are the coefficients

是系数

ds

is the distance along the road reference line between the start of the element and the given position

是元素起始处和给定位置之间沿道路参考线产生的距离

ds restarts at zero for each element. The absolute position of a border offset value is calculated by

每当新的元素出现, ds 则清零。边界偏移值的绝对位置计算方式如下:

s = sSection + offsetstart+ ds

where 其中

s

is the absolute position in the reference line coordinate system

是参考线坐标系统中的绝对位置

sSection

is the start position of the preceding lane section element in the track coordinate system

是轨迹坐标系中前驱车道段元素

offsetStart

is the offset of the element relative to the preceding lane section element

是相对于前驱车道段元素的元素的偏移

Figure 63 illustrates this convention for a lane with varying border shape over a given range:

图63展示了在给定范围内具有变化边界形状的车道的这一惯例:

img63
Figure 63. Lane with varying border shape 图63.带变化边界形状的车道

XML Example XML示例

See the sample file Ex_Lane-Border.xodr

参见样本文件Ex_Lane-Border.xodr

Rules 规则

The following rules apply to lane borders:

  • Width elements shall not be used together with border elements in the same lane group.

  • Border elements shall not exist together with lane offset.

  • A new border element shall be defined when the variables of the polynomial function change.

以下规则适用于车道边界:

  • 不能(shall)在相同车道组内一同使用宽度元素以及边界元素。

  • 边界元素不能(shall)和车道偏移同时存在。

  • 当多项式函数的变量发生改变时,必须(shall)要定义一个新的边界元素。

Related topics 相关内容

  • Lane sections

  • Lane grouping within lane sections

  • 车道段

  • 车道段内车道分组

9.5.3. Lane type 车道类型

The lane type is defined per lane. A lane type defines the main purpose of a lane and its corresponding traffic rules.

每条车道都会被定义一个类型。车道类型定义了车道的主要用途及与其相对应的交通规则。

The available lane types are:

  • shoulder: Describes a soft border at the edge of the road.

  • border: Describes a hard border at the edge of the road. It has the same height as the drivable lane.

  • driving: Describes a "normal" drivable road that is not one of the other types.

  • stop: Hard shoulder on motorways for emergency stops

  • none: Describes the space on the outermost edge of the road and does not have actual content Its only purpose is for applications to register that OpenDRIVE is still present in case the (human) driver leaves the road.

  • restricted: Describes a lane on which cars should not drive. The lane has the same height as drivable lanes. Typically, the lane is separated with lines and often contains dotted lines as well.

  • parking: Describes a lane with parking spaces.

  • median: Describes a lane that sits between driving lanes that lead in opposite directions. It is typically used to separate traffic in towns on large roads.

  • biking: Describes a lane that is reserved for cyclists.

  • sidewalk: Describes a lane on which pedestrians can walk.

  • curb: Describes curb stones. Curb stones have a different height than the adjacent drivable lanes.

  • exit: Describes a lane that is used for sections that are parallel to the main road. It is mainly used for deceleration lanes.

  • entry: Describes a lane type that is used for sections that are parallel to the main road. It is mainly used for acceleration lanes.

  • onramp: A ramp leading to a motorway from rural or urban roads.

  • offRamp: A ramp leading away from a motorway and onto rural urban roads.

  • connectingRamp: A ramp that connects two motorways, for example, motorway junctions.

可用的车道类型有:

  • 路肩shoulder:描述了道路边缘的软边界。

  • 边界border:描述了道路边缘的硬边界。其与正常可供行驶的车道拥有同样高度。

  • 驾驶driving:描述了一条“正常”可供行驶、不属于其他类型的道路。

  • 停stop:高速公路的硬路肩,用于紧急停车。

  • 无none:描述了道路最远边缘处的空间,并无实际内容。其唯一用途是在(人类)驾驶员离开道路的情况下,让应用记录OpenDRIVE仍在运行。

  • 限制restricted:描述了不应有车辆在上面行驶的车道。该车道与行车道拥有相同高度。通常会使用实线以及虚线来隔开这类车道。

  • 泊车parking:描述了带停车位的车道。

  • 分隔带median:描述了位于不同方向车道间的车道。在城市中通常用来分隔大型道路上不同方向的交通。

  • 自行车道biking:描述了专为骑自行车者保留的车道。

  • 人行道sidewalk:描述了允许行人在上面行走的道路。

  • 路缘curb:描述了路缘石。路缘石与相邻的行车道在高度有所不同。

  • 出口exit:描述了用于平行于主路路段的车道。主要用于减速。

  • 入口entry:描述了用于平行于主路路段的车道。主要用于加速。

  • 加速车道onramp:由乡村或城市道路引向高速公路的匝道。

  • 减速车道offRamp:驶出高速公路,驶向乡村或城市道路所需的匝道。

  • 连接匝道connectingRamp:连接两条高速公路的匝道。例如高速公路路口。

For the use of the lane types, see figure 64 to figure 68.

关于车道类型的使用,请见图64到图68。

img64
Figure 64. Lane types for a motorway 图64.高速公路的车道类型
img65
Figure 65. Lane types for a rural road 图65.乡村公路的车道类型
img66
Figure 66. Lane types for an urban road 图66.城市道路的车道类型
img67
Figure 67. Lane types for motorway exit and entry 图67.高速公路入口和出口的车道类型
img68
Figure 68. Lane types for motorway connecting to another motorway 图68.两条互相连接的高速公路的车道类型

In OpenDRIVE, lane types are represented by the attribute @type element within the <lane> element.

在OpenDRIVE中,车道类型用<lane>元素内属性@type元素来表示。

Attributes 属性

t_road_lanes_laneSection_lr_lane

Lane elements are included in left/center/right elements. Lane elements should represent the lanes from left to right, that is, with descending ID.

车道元素元素被包括在左/中/右元素元素中。车道元素元素应(should)按降序ID从左到右展示车道。

Table/表 27. Attributes of the lane type 车道类型的属性

attributes
属性

name
名称

type
类型

unit
单位

value

Description
描述

type

e_laneType

Type of the lane. For values see UML model.

车道类型。关于值请见UML 模型。

level

t_bool

"true" = keep lane on level, that is, do not apply superelevation; "false" = apply superelevation to this lane (default, also used if attribute level is missing)

"真true" = 将车道保持在水平, 也就是说不要采用超高程; "伪false" = 对此车道采用超高程 (为默认设置, 若属性水平缺失时也可用)

Rules 规则

The following rules apply to lane types:

  • The lane type may be changed as often as needed by using a new lane section.

以下规则适用于车道类型:

  • 可(may)通过使用新的车道段根据需要多次地更改车道类型。

Related topics 相关内容

  • Lanes

  • 车道

9.5.4. Lane material 车道材质

OpenDRIVE provides an element to store information on the material of lanes (apart from OpenCRG), meaning their surface, friction properties, and roughness. If no material is defined, applications can apply default values.

除OpenCRG之外,OpenDRIVE提供了一个用于存储车道材质信息(即表面、摩擦属性及粗糙程度)的元素。若未对材质进行定义,那么应用可(can)采用默认值。

In OpenDRIVE, lane material is represented by the <material> element within the <lane> element.

在OpenDRIVE中,车道材质用<lane>元素内的<material>元素来表示。

Attributes 属性

t_road_lanes_laneSection_lr_lane_material

Stores information about the material of lanes. Each element is valid until a new element is defined. If multiple elements are defined, they must be listed in ascending order.

该属性存储了关于车道材质的信息。直到新的元素得到定义,每个元素都将保持有效。若有多个元素得到定义,它们必须(must)按升序被排列。

Table/表 28. Attributes of the lane material element 车道材质元素的属性

attributes
属性

name
名称

type
类型

unit
单位

value

Description
描述

sOffset

t_grEqZero

m

[0;∞[

s-coordinate of start position, relative to the position of the preceding <laneSection> element

起始位置的s坐标,相对于前面的<laneSection>元素的位置

surface

string

Surface material code, depending on application

根据应用而定的表面材质代码

friction

t_grEqZero

[0;∞[

Friction coefficient

摩擦力系数

roughness

t_grEqZero

[0;∞[

Roughness, for example, for sound and motion systems

粗糙程度,例如形容声音以及运动系统

Rules 规则

The following rules apply to lane material:

  • The center lane shall have no material elements.

  • The material elements of a lane shall remain valid until another material element starts or the lane section ends.

  • If there are multiple material elements per lane section, the elements shall be defined in ascending order regarding s-position.

以下规则适用于车道材质:

  • 中心车道不能(shall)拥有材质元素。

  • 直到另一材质元素得到启动或车道段结束,车道的材质元素都必须(shall)保持有效。

  • 若每个车道段都各自拥有多个材质元素,那么这些元素必须(shall)相对于s位置按升序得到定义。

Related topics 相关内容

  • Lanes

  • Lane sections

  • Lane grouping within lane sections

  • 车道

  • 车道段

  • 在车道段内车道分组

9.5.5. Lane speed limit 车道限速

The maximum speed allowed on a lane may be defined. Lane speed limits overrides road speed limits.

可(may)对车道上允许的最大行驶速度进行定义,该车道限速随即将覆盖道路限速。

img69
Figure 69. Lane-specific speed limits 图69.特定于车道的限速

In OpenDRIVE, lane speed is represented by the <speed> element within the <lane> element.

在OpenDRIVE中,车道速度用<lane>元素内的<speed>元素来表示。

Attributes 属性

t_road_lanes_laneSection_lr_lane_speed

Defines the maximum allowed speed on a given lane. Each element is valid in direction of the increasing s-coordinate until a new element is defined.

该属性定义了给定车道上允许的最大行驶速度。直到新的元素得到定义,每个元素都在s坐标的增长方向中继续有效。

Table/表 29. Attributes of the speed element 速度元素的属性

attributes
属性

name
名称

type
类型

unit
单位

value

Description
描述

sOffset

t_grEqZero

m

[0;∞[

s-coordinate of start position, relative to the position of the preceding <laneSection> element

起始位置的s坐标, 相对于先前<laneSection> 元素的位置

max

t_grEqZero

m/s

[0;∞[

Maximum allowed speed

最大允许速度

unit

e_unitSpeed

Unit of the attribute max. For values, see UML Model

max属性的单位。关于值请参见UML 模型

XML example XML示例

<lane id="-1" type="driving" level="false">
    <link>
        <successor id="-3"/>
    </link>
    <width sOffset="0.0" a="2.0" b="0.0" c="0.0" d="0.0"/>
    <speed sOffset="0.0" max="80.0" unit="km/h"/>
    <height sOffset="0.0" inner="0.12" outer="0.12"/>
</lane>

Rules 规则

The following rules apply to lane speed limits:

  • The center lane shall have no speed limit.

  • The speed limit of a lane shall remain valid until another speed limit is defined or the lane section ends.

  • If there are multiple lane speed limit elements per lane section, the elements shall be defined in ascending order.

  • Speed limits derived from signals shall always have preference.

以下规则适用于车道限速:

  • 中心车道不能(shall)拥有任何限速。

  • 除非有另一个限速得到定义或车道段结束,车道的限速都必须(shall)保持有效。

  • 若每个车道段都拥有多个车道限速元素,那么这些元素必须(shall)按升序得到定义。

  • 源自于标志的限速必须(shall)始终被优先考虑。

Related topics 相关内容

  • Lanes

  • Signals

  • Speed limits for road types

  • 车道

  • 标志

  • 道路类型的限速

9.5.6. Lane access 车道的使用

Lanes can be restricted to specific road users, such as trucks or busses. Such restrictions may be defined in OpenDRIVE in addition to restrictions described by signals.

车道可(can)局限于特定的道路使用者,例如卡车或公共汽车。这类限制可(may)在道路标识描述的限制之上另外在OpenDRIVE中得到定义。

img70
Figure 70. Lane access, bus lane 图70.车道使用,公车车道

OpenDRIVE provides the <access> element within the <lane> element to describe lane access rules.

OpenDRIVE在 <lane> 元素内提供了 <access> 元素,以便描述车道使用规则。

Attributes 属性

t_road_lanes_laneSection_lr_lane_access

Defines access restrictions for certain types of road users.

该属性定义了针对特定道路使用者类型的车道使用限制。
Each element is valid in direction of the increasing s co-ordinate until a new element is defined. If multiple elements are defined, they must be listed in ascending order.

每个元素在s坐标的增长方向中都是有效的,直到新的元素得到定义。若多个元素得到定义,那它们必须(must)按升序得到排列。

Table/表 30. Attributes of the access element 使用元素的属性

attributes
属性

name
名称

type
类型

unit
单位

value

Description
描述

sOffset

t_grEqZero

m

[0;∞[

s-coordinate of start position, relative to the position of the preceding <laneSection> element

起始位置的s坐标,相对于前驱 <laneSection> 元素的位置

rule

e_road_lanes_laneSection_lr_lane_access_rule

specifies whether the participant given in the attribute @restriction is allowed or denied access to the given lane

详细说明了在@restriction属性中指定的参与者是否可以使用已知车道

restriction

e_accessRestrictionType

Identifier of the participant to whom the restriction applies. For values, see UML Model

限制所针对参与者的标识符。关于值, 请参见 UML 模型

XML Example XML示例

<lane id="2" type="driving" level="false">
    <link>
        <successor id="2"/>
    </link>
    <width sOffset="0.0" a="2.0" b="0.0" c="0.0" d="0.0"/>
    <access sOffset="0.0" rule="allow" restriction="bus"/>
</lane>

Rules 规则

The following rules apply to lane access rules:

  • The center lane shall have no access rules.

  • The access rules of a lane shall remain valid until another access rule is defined or the lane section ends.

  • If there are multiple access rule elements per lane section, the elements shall be defined in ascending order.

  • Lane access elements may start at identical offset positions.

  • If no <access> element is present within a lane element, then there are no restrictions.

  • If deny value is present in the <rule> element, all other vehicles are still allowed.

  • If allow value is present in the <rule> element, all other vehicles are banned.

  • At a given s-position, either only deny or only allow values shall be given, not mixed.

  • For a new s-position, all restrictions must be defined again, even if only a subset changes.

  • The restriction deny=none is used to revert all previous restrictions.

以下规则适用于车道使用规则:

  • 中心车道不能(shall)拥有使用规则。

  • 直到另一条使用规则得到定义或车道段结束,使用规则都必须(shall)保持有效。

  • 若每个车道段都拥有多个使用规则元素,那么这些元素必须(shall)按升序得到定义。

  • 车道使用元素可(may)在相同偏移位置开始。

  • 若一个车道元素内无 <access> 元素存在,则也没有使用限制。

  • <rule> 元素里出现否定值,那么所有其他车辆仍被允许使用车道。

  • <rule> 元素里出现允许值,那么所有其他车辆则被禁止使用车道。

  • 只能为给定s位置赋予否定值或允许值的其中一个,二者不能同时出现。

  • 即便只有一个子集被改变,都必须(must)为所有限制重新定义一个新的s位置。

  • 否定=无 deny=none 这个限制被用于恢复所有先前限制。

Related topics 相关内容

  • Lanes

  • Lane sections

  • 车道

  • 车道段

9.5.7. Lane height 车道高度

Lane height shall be defined along the h-coordinate. Lane height may be used to elevate a lane independent from the road elevation. Lane height is used to implement small-scale elevation such as raising pedestrian walkways, as shown in figure 71. Lane height is specified as offset from the road (including elevation, superelevation, shape) in z direction.

车道高度必须(shall)沿h坐标得到定义。无关于道路高程,车道高度可(may)用于标高车道。车道高度用于执行如图71所示的小规模高程,该图展示了人行通道如何通过车道高度被拔高。车道高度被认为是偏离道路并朝z方向的偏移(包括高程、超高程和形状)。

img71
Figure 71. Lane height 图71.车道高度

In OpenDRIVE, lane height is represented by the <height> element within the <lane> element.

在OpenDRIVE中,车道高度用<lane>元素内的<height>元素来表示。

Attributes 属性

t_road_lanes_laneSection_lr_lane_height
Table/表 31. Attributes of the lane height element 车道高度元素的属性

attributes
属性

name
名称

type
类型

unit
单位

value

Description
描述

sOffset

t_grEqZero

m

[0;∞[

s-coordinate of start position, relative to the position of the preceding <laneSection> element

起始位置的s坐标,相对于前驱<laneSection> 元素的位置

inner

double

m

]-∞;∞[

Inner offset from road level

道路水平的内偏移

outer

double

m

]-∞;∞[

Outer offset from road level

道路水平的外偏移

XML example XML示例

<lane id="-2" type="sidewalk" level="false">
    <link>
        <successor id="-3"/>
    </link>
    <width sOffset="0.0" a="2.0" b="0.0" c="0.0" d="0.0"/>
    <height sOffset="0.0" inner="0.12" outer="0.12"/>
</lane>

Rules 规则

The following rules apply to lane height:

  • To modify the lane height, for example for curbstones, the element <height> shall be used.

  • The center lane shall not be elevated by lane height.

  • Lane height shall not be used to define road elevation or superelevation.

  • Lane height shall be used for small scale elevation only.

以下规则适用于车道高度:

  • 必须(shall)使用元素<height>来修改例如路缘石等物体的车道高度。

  • 中心车道不能(shall)被车道高度标高。

  • 车道高度不能(shall)用于定义道路高程或超高程。

  • 车道高度仅能(shall)在小规模高程中使用。

Related topics 相关内容

  • Road elevation

  • Lanes

  • Lane grouping within lane sections

  • 道路高程

  • 车道

  • 车道段内车道分组

9.5.8. Excluding lanes from road superelevation 从道路超高程中排除车道

Single lanes may be excluded from superelevation to cover use cases like roads with curbstones, borders, or sidewalks without superelevation.

单独的车道可(may)从超高程中被排除,以便覆盖如带路缘石和边界的道路或无超高程的人行道等情况。

Figure 72 shows the use of the attribute @level, which excludes the outermost lanes of a road from superelevation.

图72展示了对属性@level的使用,该属性将把道路的最外侧车道从超高程中排除出去。

img72
Figure 72. Lanes excluded from road elevation 图72.车道从道路超高程中被排除出去

OpenDRIVE provides the attribute @level for excluding lanes from road superelevation. When the attribute is set to TRUE for a lane, then this lane is excluded from both superelevation and road shape definition of the road. The elevation of the lane stays on the same height as the inner connecting lane.

OpenDRIVE提供的属性@level用于将车道从道路超高程中排除出去。当车道的属性设为真(TRUE),那么该车道将会被道路的超高程和道路形状定义排除。车道的高程则与内侧连接车道的高度保持一致。

There may be multiple outer lanes with level=TRUE, for example, for a bike lane followed by a sidewalk.

多个外侧车道的水平可能(may)为真(level=TRUE),例如一条人行道之后紧跟着的是一条自行车道。

Rules 规则

The following rules apply for excluding lanes from road elevation:

  • If a lane has @level = TRUE, then at least on one side there shall be only lanes with @level = TRUE until the edge of the road is reached.

  • There may be multiple outer lanes with @level = TRUE.

以下规格适用于将车道从道路高程中排除:

  • 如果一条车道有@level = TRUE这条属性,那么必须(shall)至少在一侧只有@level = TRUE的车道存在,直至到达道路边缘。

  • 可(may)出现多条@level = TRUE的外车道。

Related topics 相关内容

  • Superelevation

  • Lane type

  • 超高程

  • 车道类型

9.6. Road markings 道路标识

Lanes on roads can have different lane markings, for example lines of different colors and styles. OpenDRIVE provides the <roadMark> element for road markings. The road mark information defines the style of the line at the lane’s outer border. For left lanes, this is the left border, for right lanes the right one. The style of the center line that separates left and right lanes is determined by the road mark element for the center lane.

道路上的车道可(can)拥有不同的车道标识,比如不同颜色和样式的线。OpenDRIVE为路标提供了 <roadMark> 元素。路标信息定义了车道外边界上的线的样式,在左车道上则为左边界,在右车道则为右边界。而作为分隔左右车道的中心线的样式则由中心车道路标元素来确定。

For each lane within a road cross section, multiple road mark elements may be defined. Several attributes may be used to describe the properties of the lane markings, for example @type, @weight, and @width.

可(may)为道路横断面内的每一条车道定义多个路标元素。也可(may)使用多个属性(如@type, @weight和 @width)来描述车道标志的属性。

There are two ways to specify the type of road marking:

  • The @type attribute within the <roadMark> element allows to enter keywords that are stored in the application. They are used to describe simplified road marking types like solid, broken, or grass.

  • The <type> element contains further <line> elements that allows to describe the road marking in a more detailed way.

有两种规定路标类型的方法:

  • 通过<roadMark>元素内的@type属性可以输入存储在应用内的关键词。这些关键词被用于描述简化的路标类型如实线、虚线或草地。

  • <type>元素包含了更多<line>元素,这些元素将对路标进行更详细的描述。

In OpenDRIVE, road markings are represented by <roadMark> elements within <lane> elements.

在OpenDRIVE中,路标用 <lane> 元素内的 <roadMark> 元素来表示。

Attributes 属性

t_road_lanes_laneSection_lcr_lane_roadMark_type

Each type definition shall contain one or more line definitions with additional information about the lines that the road mark is composed of.

每一个类型的定义都必须(shall)包含一个或多个线条定义,此类定义带有关于线条(路标由此类线条组成)的附加信息。

Table/表 32. Attributes of the roadMark element roadMark元素的属性

attributes
属性

name
名称

type
类型

unit
单位

value

Description
描述

name

string

Name of the road mark type. May be chosen freely.

路标类型名称; 可(may)自由选择。

width

t_grEqZero

m

[0;∞[

Accumulated width of the road mark. In case of several <line> elements this @width is the sum of all @width of <line> elements and spaces in between, necessary to form the road mark. This attribute supersedes the definition in the <roadMark> element.

路标的累积宽度。若出现多个 <line> 元素,该 @width 为 <line> 元素的所有@width的总和以及路标形成所需的空间。该属性取代了 <roadMark> 元素中的定义。

t_road_lanes_laneSection_lcr_lane_roadMark_type_line

A road mark may consist of one or more elements. Multiple elements are usually positioned side-by-side. A line definition is valid for a given length of the lane and will be repeated automatically.

路标可(may)由一个或多个元素组成,而多个元素通常会被并排放置。线条定义对一条给定的车道长度有效且会被自动重复利用。

Table/表 33. Attributes of the roadMark line element 线条元素的属性

attributes
属性

name
名称

type
类型

unit
单位

value

Description
描述

length

t_grEqZero

m

[0;∞[

Length of the visible part

可见部分的长度

space

t_grEqZero

m

[0;∞[

Length of the gap between the visible parts

可见部分之间空隙的长度

tOffset

double

m

[-∞;∞[

Lateral offset from the lane border. If <sway> element is present, the lateral offset follows the sway.

自车道边界起的横向偏移。 若出现<sway> 元素, 那么横向偏移则跟随横向偏移曲线(sway)。

sOffset

t_grEqZero

m

[0;∞[

Initial longitudinal offset of the line definition from the start of the road mark definition

线条定义从路标定义起点开始的纵向偏移。

rule

e_roadMarkRule

no passing; caution; none

Rule that must be observed when passing the line from inside, for example, from the lane with the lower absolute ID to the lane with the higher absolute ID. For values see UML Model.

由内向外穿越界限时(如由较低绝对ID车道到较高绝对ID车道)必须(must)注意的规则。关于值请看UML模型。

width

t_grEqZero

m

[0;∞[

Line width

线的宽度

color

e_roadMarkColor

Line color. If given, this attribute supersedes the definition in the <roadMark> element. For values see UML Model.

线的颜色. 若颜色被给定, 该属性取代 <roadMark> 元素里的定义。关于值请看UML模型。

Rules 规则

The following rules apply to road markings:

  • <roadMark> elements shall only be used to describe the outer lane marking.

  • The centerline of the lane marking shall be positioned on the lane’s outer border line in such a way that the outer half of the lane marking is physically placed on the next lane.

以下规则适用于路标:

  • <roadMark>元素只能(shall)用于描述外侧路标。

  • 必须(shall)按照一定方式将车道线标志的中心线置于车道的外侧边界线,并使车道线标志的外半侧从物理角度上被置于下一条车道上。

Related topics 相关内容

  • Road marking types and lines

  • Explicit road marking types and lines

  • Offsets in road marking

  • 路标类型和线条

  • 显性路标类型和线条

  • 路标偏移

9.6.1. Road marking types and lines 路标类型和线条

Detailed information about road marking types and lines may be defined in <type> elements within the <roadMark> element. Each <type> definition contains one or more <line> definitions with additional information about the lines of the road marking.

关于路标类型和线条的详细信息可(may)在<roadMark>元素内的 <type> 元素里得到定义。每个<type>定义包含一个或多个有路标线条附加信息的 <line> 定义。

Road marking information in the <type> element is more specific than the information given in the @type attribute within the <roadMark> element.

<type> 元素里的路标信息比 <roadMark> 元素内@type属性中给出的要更加具体。

The outline of the road marking is described by the attributes @length and @space:

  • @length represents the visible part of the line.

  • @space describes the non-visible part.

通过属性@length和@space对路标的概况进行描述:

  • @length代表了线条的可见部分。

  • @space描述了不可见部分。

The position of the road marking in relation to the reference line may be described by defining the lateral offset. A line definition is valid for a given length of the lane and will be repeated automatically. The optional @rule attribute for lines defines the traffic rule for passing the lane from the inside. In OpenDRIVE, road marking types and lines are represented by <type> elements within <roadmark> elements. The line definitions are contained in <line> elements within the <type> element.

可(may)通过定义横向偏移对路标进行描述。线条定义对车道给定的长度有效并自动会被重复使用。线条的可选@rule属性定义了从内部穿过车道的交通规则。在OpenDRIVE中,路标类型及线条用 <roadmark> 元素内的 <type> 元素来表示。线条定义被包含在 <type> 元素内的 <line> 元素中。

Attributes 属性

t_road_lanes_laneSection_lcr_lane_roadMark

Defines the style of the line at the outer border of a lane. The style of the center line that separates left and right lanes is determined by the road mark element for the center lane.

该属性定义了车道外边界线条的样式。而分隔左右车道的中心线的样式由专为中心车道而设的路标元素来确定。

Table/表 34. Attributes of the roadMark type element roadMark类型元素的属性

attributes
属性

name
名称

type
类型

unit
单位

value

Description
描述

sOffset

t_grEqZero

m

[0;∞[

s-coordinate of start position of the <roadMark> element, relative to the position of the preceding <laneSection> element

<roadMark> 元素起始位置的s坐标, 相对于先前 <laneSection> 元素的位置。

type

e_roadMarkType

Type of the road mark. For values see UML model.

路标类型。关于值请看UML模型。

weight

e_roadMarkWeight

Weight of the road mark. This attribute is optional if detailed definition is given below. For values see UML model.

路标粗细。若下面给出了详细定义,则该属性可作为可选项。关于值请看UML模型。

color

e_roadMarkColor

Color of the road mark. For values see UML model.

路标颜色。关于值请看UML模型。

material

string

Material of the road mark. Identifiers to be defined by the user, use "standard" as default value.

路标材质. 由用户自定义的标识符。用"standard"作为其默认值。

width

t_grEqZero

m

[0;∞[

Width of the road mark. This attribute is optional if detailed definition is given by <line> element.

路标宽度。若<line>元素里给出了详细定义,则该属性可作为可选项。

laneChange

e_road_lanes_laneSection_lcr_ lane_roadMark_laneChange

increase; decrease; both; none

Allows a lane change in the indicated direction, taking into account that lanes are numbered in ascending order from right to left. If the attribute is missing, "both" is used as default. For values see UML model.

考虑到车道按照升序从右到左被编号,该属性可使车辆朝指定方向变道。若属性缺失,则选用“both”作为默认值。关于值请看UML模型。

height

double

m

[-∞;∞[

Height of road mark above the road, i.e. thickness of the road mark.

道路上路标的高度, 例如路标的厚度。

Related topics 相关内容

  • Road markings

  • Explicit road marking types and lines

  • Offsets in road marking

  • 路标

  • 显性路标类型和线条

  • 路标偏移

9.6.2. Explicit road marking types and lines 显性路标类型和线条

Irregular road markings that cannot be described by repetitive line patterns may be described by individual road marking elements. These explicit definitions also contain <line> elements for the line definition, however, these lines will not be repeated automatically as in repetitive road marking types. In OpenDRIVE, irregular road marking types and lines are represented by <explicit> elements within <roadmark> elements. The line definitions are contained in <line> elements within the <explicit> element.

当不规则路标不能被可重复的线条图案所描述时,可(may)用自定义的路标元素对其进行描述。这些显性的定义也包含了线条定义的 <line> 元素,但需要知道的是,这些线条并不能像在重复的路标类型的情况中那样被自动重复利用。在OpenDRIVE中,不规则路标类型和线条用 <roadmark> 元素内的 <explicit> 元素来表示。线条定义被包含在 <explicit> 元素内的 <line> 元素中。

The <explicit> element should specifically be used for measurement data.

<explicit> 元素应该(should)被特别用于测量数据。

Attributes 属性

t_road_lanes_laneSection_lcr_lane_roadMark_explicit
t_road_lanes_laneSection_lcr_lane_roadMark_explicit_line

Specifies a single line in an explicit road mark definition.

该属性详细说明了一条显性路标定义中的单独的线条。

Table/表 35. Attributes of the roadMark explicit line element roadMark显性线条元素的属性

attributes
属性

name
名称

type
类型

unit
单位

value

Description
描述

length

t_grEqZero

m

[0;∞[

Length of the visible line

可见线条的长度

tOffset

double

m

[-∞;∞[

Lateral offset from the lane border. If <sway> element is present, the lateral offset follows the sway.

自车道边界起的横向偏移。若出现<sway> 元素, 那么横向偏移则跟随横向偏移曲线(sway)。

sOffset

t_grEqZero

m

[0;∞[

Initial longitudinal offset of the line definition from the start of the road mark definition

线条定义从路标定义起点开始的纵向偏移。

rule

e_roadMarkRule

no passing; caution; none

Rule that must be observed when passing the line from inside, that is, from the lane with the lower absolute ID to the lane with the higher absolute ID. For values see UML Model.

由内向外穿越界限时(如由较低绝对ID车道到较高绝对ID车道)必须(must)注意的规则。关于值请看UML模型。

width

t_grEqZero

m

[0;∞[

Line width. This attribute supersedes the definition in the <roadMark> element.

线条宽度。该属性取代<roadMark>元素里的定义。

t_road_objects_object_laneValidity

May replace the default validity with explicit validity information for an object. Multiple validity elements may be defined per object.

该属性可(may)使用物体的显性有效性信息来替换默认有效性。每个物体可(may)定义多个有效性元素。

Table/表 36. Attributes of the object laneValidity element 物体 laneValidity 元素的属性

attributes
属性

name
名称

type
类型

unit
单位

value

Description
描述

fromLane

integer

[-∞;∞[

Minimum ID of the lanes for which the object is valid

物体所针对有效的车道最小ID

toLane

integer

[-∞;∞[

Maximum ID of the lanes for which the object is valid

物体所针对有效的车道最大ID

Related topics 相关内容

  • Road markings

  • Road marking types and lines

  • Offsets in road marking

  • 路标

  • 路标类型和线条

  • 路标偏移

9.6.3. Offset in road markings 路标偏移

To describe lane markings that are not straight, but have sideway curves, <sway> elements may be used. A <sway> element relocates the lateral reference position for the following (explicit) type definition and thus defines an offset. The sway offset is relative to the nominal reference position of the lane marking, meaning the lane border.

可(may)使用 <sway> 元素来描述非直线但有侧边曲线的车道标志。 <sway> 元素为以下的(显性)类型定义转移了横向参考位置,从而定义了一个偏移。横向偏移曲线(sway)偏移将相对于车道标识的名义参考位置,即车道边界。

The main use case for sways are roads leading through construction sites. The driving lanes are between the yellow lines. The white lines are swayed and only markings.

横向曲线的主要应用案例为创建穿过施工现场的道路。行车道在黄线之间,白线被横向偏移(swayed),并只作为标志存在。

img73
Figure 73. Road marking with sway and offset 图73.带有横向偏移曲线(sway)和偏移的路标

Offsets from the lateral reference position are defined by <sway> elements within the <roadMark> element.

由横向参考位置而来的偏移在 <roadMark> 元素内的 <sway> 元素中得到定义。

Attributes 属性

t_road_lanes_laneSection_lcr_lane_roadMark_sway

Relocates the lateral reference position for the following (explicit) type definition and thus defines an offset. The sway offset is relative to the nominal reference position of the lane marking, meaning the lane border.

该属性针对以下(显性)类型定义对横向参考位置进行了转移,从而定义了一个偏移。横向偏移曲线(sway)偏移将相对于车道标识的名义参考位置,即车道边界。

Table/表 37. Attributes of the lane sway element lane sway 元素的属性

attributes
属性

name
名称

type
类型

unit
单位

value

Description
描述

ds

t_grEqZero

m

[0;∞[

s-coordinate of start position of the <sway> element, relative to the @sOffset given in the <roadMark> element

<sway> 元素起始位置的s坐标,相对于 <roadMark> 元素里给出的@sOffset属性。

a

double

m

]-∞;∞[

Polynom parameter a, sway value at @s (ds=0)

多项式参数a, 在 @s (ds=0)处的横向偏移值

b

double

1

]-∞;∞[

Polynom parameter d

多项式参数d

c

double

1/m

]-∞;∞[

Polynom parameter c

多项式参数c

d

double

1/m²

]-∞;∞[

Polynom parameter d

多项式参数d

Calculation 计算方式

For the definition of sways, the lateral reference position at a given point is calculated with the following polynomial function of the third order:

关于横向偏移的定义,用以下三阶多项式函数来计算给定点的横向参考位置:

tOffset (ds) = a + b*ds + c*ds² + d*ds³

where 其中

tOffset

is the lateral offset of the lateral reference position from the lane border at a given ds position

是在给定ds位置上从车道边界得到的横向参考位置的横向偏移。

a, b, c, d

are the coefficients

是系数

ds

is the distance along the reference line between the start of the element and the given position.

是元素起点和给定位置之间沿参考线产生的距离。

ds restarts at zero for each element and is relative to the sOffset value given in the <roadMark> element.

每当新的元素出现,ds则清零并相对于 <roadMark> 元素中给定的 sOffset 值存在。

Related topics 相关内容

  • Road markings

  • Road marking types and lines

  • Explicit road marking types and lines

  • 路标

  • 路标类型和线条

  • 显性路标类型和线条

9.7. Specific lane rules 特定车道规则

It is possible to define special rules for certain lanes that are not specifically defined in the OpenDRIVE standard and will be stored in the used application. In OpenDRIVE, lane rule is represented by the <rule> element within the <lane> element.

可以为OpenDRIVE标准中未明确定义并将存储在所用应用程序中的特定车道定义特殊规则。在OpenDRIVE中,车道规则用<lane>元素中的<rule>元素来表示。

Attributes 属性

t_road_lanes_laneSection_lr_lane_rule

Used to add rules that are not covered by any of the other lane attributes that are described in this specification.

该属性用于添加本说明文档中所有其他车道属性都没有涵盖的规则。

Table/表 38. Attributes of the lane rule element 车道规则元素的属性

attributes
属性

name
名称

type
类型

unit
单位

value

Description
描述

sOffset

t_grEqZero

m

[0;∞[

s-coordinate of start position, relative to the position of the preceding <laneSection> element

起点位置的s坐标,相对于前驱<laneSection> 元素的位置

value

string

Free text; currently recommended values are:
"no stopping at any time"
"disabled parking"
"car pool

自由文本;当前推荐值有:
"no stopping at any time"
"disabled parking"
"car pool

Rules 规则

The following rules apply to lane rule:

  • Applications may have specific lane rules that are only valid in the respective application, but not in OpenDRIVE.

以下规则适用于车道规则:

  • 应用可(may)拥有仅对相应的应用有效、但在OpenDRIVE中无效的特别车道规则。

Related topics 相关内容

  • Lanes

  • 车道

10. Junctions 交叉口

Junctions are areas where three or more roads meet. There are two different kinds of roads with relation to junctions, as shown in figure 74 Incoming roads: These roads contain lanes that lead into a junction.

交叉口指的是三条或更多道路相聚的地方,与其相关的道路被分为两种类型(如图74所示):含有驶向交叉口车道的道路称为来路。

  • Connecting roads: These roads represent the paths through a junction.

  • 联接道路:呈现了穿过交叉口的路径。

img74
Figure 74. Types of roads in a junction (right-hand traffic) 图74. 交叉口中的道路类型(靠右行驶)

In OpenDRIVE, junctions are represented by <junction> elements. Connecting roads are represented by <connection> elements within a <junction> element. Outgoing roads are not specifically defined as element or attribute in OpenDRIVE. Incoming roads serve as outgoing roads. These roads are implicitly defined as outgoing by the connecting roads that lead into them.

在OpenDRIVE中,交叉口用 <junction> 元素来表示。联接道路则用 <junction> 元素中的 <connection> 元素来表示。OpenDRIVE并未特意将去路定义为元素或属性,来路也可被视作为去路,因此二者在此处可被相提并论。通往该道路的联接道路将此类道路隐性地定义为去路。

img75
Figure 75. UML model for junctions 图75.用于交叉口的UML模型

Attributes 属性

t_junction

Contains information about all possible connections between roads meeting at a physical junction.

该属性包含了道路在一个物理交叉口上所有可能的联接方式。

Table/表 39. Attributes of the junction element 交叉口元素的属性

attributes
属性

name
名称

type
类型

unit
单位

value

Description
描述

name

string

Name of the junction. May be chosen freely.

交叉口的名称;可(may)随意选择。

id

tstring

Unique ID within databaseUnique ID within database

数据库中databaseUnique ID中的唯一性ID

type

e_junction_type

default; virtual

Type of the junction; regular junctions are of type "default". The attribute is mandatory for virtual junctions

交叉口的类型;常规交叉口的类型为"默认"。属性对虚拟交叉口来说是必要的。

Rules 规则

The following rules apply to lane rule:

  • Junctions shall only be used when roads cannot be linked directly. They clarify ambiguities for the linking. Ambiguities are caused when a road has two or more possible predecessor or successor roads.

  • Unlike roads, junctions do not have a predecessor or successor.

  • A junction may have an own name to distinguish it from other junctions.

  • Junctions should not be used when only two roads met.

以下规则适用于车道规则:

  • 只有在道路不能被直接连接的情况下,交叉口才能(shall)得以使用。若一条道路拥有两条或以上可能的前驱或后继道路,这将导致二义性出现。而此时交叉口便会为连接清除二义性。

  • 与道路不同,交叉口并不具备任何前驱或后继交叉口。

  • 交叉口可(may)拥有自己的名称,以便将自身与其他交叉口区分开来。

  • 如果只有两条道路相汇,那么便不应该(should)使用交叉口。

Related topics 相关内容

  • Incoming roads

  • Connecting roads

  • Road linkage

  • 来路

  • 联接道路

  • 道路连接

10.1. Incoming roads 来路

Incoming roads contain lanes that lead into a junction. Because outgoing roads are not specifically defined in OpenDRIVE, incoming roads may also serve as outgoing roads, see Figure 74.

来路包含了通向交叉口的车道。由于OpenDRIVE并没有特别定义去路,因此来路也可被视为去路,参见图74。

To specify a road as incoming road, its ID is referenced in the <connection> element using the @incomingRoad attribute.

为能详细说明一条作为来路的道路,将通过在 <connection> 元素中使用@incomingRoad属性来引用该道路的ID。

Attributes 属性

t_junction_connection

Contains information about all possible connections between roads meeting at a physical junction.

该属性包含了道路在一个物理交叉口上所有可能的联接方式。

Table/表 40. Attributes of the junction connection element 交叉口连接元素的属性

attributes
属性

name
名称

type
类型

unit
单位

value

Description
描述

id

tstring

Unique ID within databaseUnique ID within database

数据库中databaseUnique ID中的唯一性ID

type

e_junction_type

default; virtual

Type of the connection, regular connections are type "default" mandatory attribute for virtual connections

交叉口的类型;常规交叉口的类型为"默认"。属性对虚拟交叉口来说是必要的。

incomingRoad

string

ID of the incoming road

来路的ID

connectingRoad

string

ID of the connecting road

联接道路的ID

contactPoint

e_contactPoint

start; end

Contact point on the connecting road. For values, see UML Model

联接道路的接触点;值参见UML模式

t_junction_connection_laneLink

Provides information about the lanes that are linked between an incoming road and a connecting road. It is strongly recommended to provide this element. It is deprecated to omit the <laneLink> element.

该属性提供了关于在一条来路和一条联接道路之间被连接的车道信息。强烈建议使用该元素。忽略<laneLink> 元素的做法已经不符合时宜。

Table/表 41. Attributes of the lane linkage of a connection element 联接元素的车道连接属性

attributes
属性

name
名称

type
类型

unit
单位

value

Description
描述

from

integer

ID of the incoming lane

来路车道的ID

to

integer

ID of the connection lane

联接车道的ID

XML example XML示例

<junction name="myJunction" id="555" >
   <connection id="0"
               incomingRoad="1"
               connectingRoad="2"
               contactPoint="start">
      <laneLink from="-2" to="-1"/>
   </connection>

Rules 规则

The following rules apply to incoming roads:

  • If the incoming road has lanes leading out of a junction, it also serves as the road leading out off a junction..

  • Connecting roads shall not be incoming roads.

以下规则适用于来路:

  • 如果来路拥有驶离交叉口的车道,其也可被视作为去路。

  • 联接道路不能(shall)作为来路。

Related topics 相关内容

  • Connecting roads

  • Junctions

  • Road linkage

  • 联接道路

  • 交叉口

  • 道路连接

10.2. Connection roads 联接道路

Connecting roads link the roads that meet in a junction. They describe the paths that a vehicle can travel across a junction. Connecting roads are modelled in the same way as standard roads.

联接道路会对在交叉口相遇的道路进行连接。该道路描述了车辆穿过一个交叉口的路线。联接道路的建模与标准道路相同。

The paths described by a connecting road base on its lanes. The connecting road specifies the connections between the lanes of an incoming road and the lanes of an outgoing road of the same junction. If the lanes of an incoming and outgoing road are not linked, this means that there is no traversable path between these lanes.

联接道路将基于其车道对路线进行描述。联接道路详细说明了相同交叉口的来路和去路的车道之间的连接。如果该车道并没有被连接,就意味着这些车道之间的路线不通。

Figure 74 and figure 76 show the connecting roads inside the junction area that connect the incoming and outgoing roads.

图74和图76展示了交叉口范围内的联接道路,其将连接来路及去路。

img76
Figure 76. Connecting roads (left hand traffic) 图76. 联接道路 (靠左行车交通)

XML example XML示例

  • Ex_LHT-Complex-X-Junction.xodr (left hand traffic)

  • UC_Simple-X-Junction.xodr (right hand traffic)

  • Ex_LHT-Complex-X-Junction.xodr (靠左行车交通)

  • UC_Simple-X-Junction.xodr (靠右行车交通)

Rules 规则

The following rules apply to connecting roads:

  • Each connecting road shall be represented by exactly one <connection> element. A connecting road may contain as many lanes as required.

  • An incoming road with multiple lanes may be connected to the lanes of the road leading out off the junction in different ways:

    • By multiple connecting roads, each with one <laneLink> element for the connection between two specific lanes. Lane changes within this junction are not possible.

    • By one connecting road with multiple <laneLink> elements for the connections between the lanes. Lane changes within this junction are possible.

  • The linked lanes shall fit smoothly as described for roads.

  • Connecting roads may be reserved for specific vehicles, for example busses.

以下规则适用于联接道路:

  • 每条联接道路都必须(shall)只由一个 <connection>元素代表。一条联接道路拥有的车道数量可以(may)根据需要而定。

  • 一条有着多车道的来路可以(may)通过不同方式被连接到所属正在驶离交叉口的道路的车道:

    • 在有多条联接道路的情况下,若每条都有一个用于联接两条特定车道的<laneLink>元素,那么在该交叉口中进行变道是不可行的。

    • 若一条联接道路有多个用于两条特定车道连接的 <laneLink> 元素,则在该交叉口中变道是可行的。

  • 被连接车道必须(shall)如描述一样与道路平滑地相切合。

  • 可以(may)为特定车辆(例如公交车)预留联接道路。

Related topics 相关内容

  • Incoming roads

  • Junctions

  • Road linkage

  • Lane linkage

  • Priorities of connecting roads within a junction

  • Lane access

  • 来路

  • 交叉口

  • 道路连接

  • 车道连接

  • 交叉口中联接道路的优先级

  • 车道使用

10.2.1. Priorities of connecting roads within a junction 交叉口中联接道路的优先级

If an incoming road is linked to aroad leading out of a junction with multiple connecting roads to represent several possible lane connections, then one of these connections may be prioritized. Assigning a priority is only required if the application is unable to derive priorities from signals before or inside a junction or from the lanes leading into a junction.

如果一条来路借助多条联接道路被连接到一条正在驶离交叉口的道路,以便呈现几种可能的车道连接,那么其中一种连接可(may)被优先考虑。只有在应用无法从交叉口前或交叉口内的标志、或正驶入交叉口的车道中得出优先级时,才需要对其进行分配。

<priority> elements are used to assign priorities to connecting roads. The possible attributes are @high and @low.

<priority> 元素用于将优先级分配到联接道路。可能的属性为@high 和 @low。

Attributes 属性

t_junction_priority

If an incoming road is linked to an outgoing road with multiple connection roads to represent several possible lane connections, then one of these connections may be prioritized. At least one attribute must be given.

如果一条来路借助多条联接道路被连接到一条去路,以便呈现多种可能的车道连接,那么其中一种连接可被优先考虑,必须(must)给定至少一个属性。

Table/表 42. Attributes of the priority element 优先级元素的属性

attributes
属性

name
名称

type
类型

unit
单位

value

Description
描述

high

string

ID of the prioritized connecting road

优先级高的联接道路ID

low

string

ID of the connecting road with lower priority

优先级较低的联接道路ID

Rules 规则

The following rules apply for priorities of connecting roads within a junction:

  • Priority elements shall only be used if there are no signals.

以下规则适用于交叉口内联接道路的优先级:

  • 只能(shall)在没有标志的情况下使用优先级元素。

Related topics 相关内容

  • Connecting roads

  • Junctions

  • 联接道路

  • 交叉口

10.2.2. Direction of connecting roads 联接道路的方向

Connecting roads inside a junction may have different directions. For ease of use, the reference line of the connecting roads should be placed in driving direction if the driving direction is unique.

一个交叉口的联接道路可能(may)有多个方向。在驾驶方向是唯一的情况下,为易于使用,联接道路的参考线应该(should)被置于驾驶方向内。

The attribute @contactPoint inside the <connection> element is used to specify the direction of a connecting road.

<connection> 元素中属性@contactPoint用于对联接道路的方向进行详细说明。

Rules 规则

The following rules apply for the direction of connecting roads:

  • The value "start" shall be used to indicate that the connecting road runs along the linkage indicated in the <laneLink> element.

  • The value "end" shall be used to indicate that the connecting road runs along the opposite direction of the linkage indicated in the <laneLink> element.

以下规则适用于联接道路的方向:

  • "start"值必须(shall)用于标明联接道路正在沿<laneLink>元素中的连接延伸。

  • "end"值必须(shall)用于标明联接道路正在沿<laneLink>元素中的连接的反方向延伸。

Related topics 相关内容

  • Connecting roads

  • Road type

  • 联接道路

  • 道路类型

10.3. Road surface within junctions 交叉口内的道路表面

Roads may be elevated within a junction. This is accomplished by describing the road surface in correspondence with the descriptions used in OpenCRG. Using the road surface enables the description of complex elevations within a junction, including overlapping roads. All existing descriptions of road elevation within a junction are superseded by the <surface> element. Because OpenCRG is not part of OpenDRIVE, the <surface> element is not described in this specification..

通过对应OpenCRG中使用的描述来对路面进行描述,道路可(may)在交叉口被标高。可使用路面对交叉口内复杂的高程进行描述,其中包括重叠的道路。所有现存交叉口内道路高程的描述被<surface>元素所取代。由于OpenDRIVE不包含OpenCRG,因此本详细说明不对<surface>元素进行描述。

Attributes 属性

t_junction_surface

Used to describe the road elevation profile within a junction. When a <junction> element contains a <surface> element, the <surface> element supersedes all elevation data for connecting roads.

该属性用于描述交叉口内的道路高程概况。当<junction>元素包含了一个<surface>元素时,后者则取代所有用于联接道路的高程数据。

t_junction_surface_CRG

Data described in OpenCRG are represented by the <CRG> element within the <surface> element.

OpenCRG里描述的数据用<surface>元素中的<CRG>元素来表示。

Table/表 43. Attributes of a CRG element within a surface element

attributes
属性

name
名称

type
类型

unit
单位

value

Description
描述

file

string

Name of the file containing the CRG data

包含CRG数据的文件名称

mode

e_road_surface_CRG_mode

global

Attachment mode for the surface data, see specification.

用于路面数据的附件模式,详情见详细说明。

purpose

e_road_surface_CRG_purpose

elevation; friction

Physical purpose of the data contained in the CRG file; if the attribute is missing, data will be interpreted as elevation data.

CRG文件包含了数据的物理用途;如果属性缺失,数据将作为高程数据。

zOffset

double

m

]-∞;∞[

z-offset between CRG center line and inertial xy-plane (default = 0.0)

CRG中心线和惯性xy-平面(默认=0.0)之间的z-偏移

zScale

double

]-∞;∞[

z-scale factor for the surface description (default = 1.0)

用于路面描述的z-比例因子(默认=1.0)的

e_road_surface_CRG_mode
Table/表 44. Attributes of the road surface CRG mode element 道路表面的CRG模式元素的属性

attributes
属性

name
名称

type
类型

unit
单位

value

Description
描述

attached

string

attached0

string

genuine

string

global

string

e_road_surface_CRG_purpose
Table/表 45. Attributes of the road surface CRG purpose CRG用途的路面属性

attributes
属性

name
名称

type
类型

unit
单位

value

Description
描述

elevation

string

Defines if the linked CRG file contains elevation values

对被连接的CRG文件是否包含高程值进行定义

friction

string

Defines if the linked CRG file contains friction values

对被连接的CRG文件是否包含摩擦值进行定义

Related Topics 相关内容

  • Surface (CRG) for roads

  • 用于道路的表面(CRG)

10.4. Virtual Junctions 虚拟交叉口

Virtual junctions are used to describe connections within a road that do not require the main road to be split up like in normal junctions. By this, virtual junctions can be placed more easily. Their only use case are driveways that lead to parking lots or residential estates.

虚拟交叉口用于描述道路中的联接,这类联接不要求像在一般交叉口一样去分拆主路。因此,虚拟交叉口可更轻易地被放置,其只应用于通往停车场以及住宅区的车道上。

Figure 77 show how virtual junctionsare applied. The transparent blue roads (road 2,4,5) are part of a virtual junction.

图77展示了如何应用虚拟交叉口。颜色为透明蓝的道路(道路2、4、5)属于虚拟交叉口的一部分。

img77
Figure 77. Example of a Virtual junction showing a parking lot entry and exit. 图77. 虚拟交叉口的示例,其展示了停车场的入口和出口

It is not mandatory for road 99 to be defined; It is sufficient to have the connecting roads only.

无需强制对道路99进行定义;单有联接道路就足够了。

Virtual junctions are modeled by <junction> elements with the attribute @type.

虚拟交叉口用 <junction> 元素以及@type属性进行建模。

Attributes 属性

t_junction_predecessorSuccessor

Provides detailed information about the predecessor / successor road of a virtual connection. Currently, only the @elementType "road" is allowed.

该属性提供了关于虚拟连接的前驱/后继道路的详细信息。当前只允许使用@elementType "road"这个属性。

Table/表 46. Attributes of junction types 交叉口类型的属性

attributes
属性

name
名称

type
类型

unit
单位

value

Description
描述

elementType

string

road

Type of the linked element Currently only "road" is allowed.

被连接元素的类型;当前只有"road"被允许。

elementId

string

ID of the linked element

被连接元素的ID

elementS

t_grZero

[0;∞[

s-coordinate where the connection meets the preceding / succeding road.

联接道路与前驱/后继道路相遇的s坐标

elementDir

e_elementDir

+; -

Direction, relative to the s-direction, of the connection on the preceding / succeding road

相对于s方向的、位于前驱/后继道路上的联接方向

XML example XML示例

<junction name="myJunction" type="virtual" id="555" >
   <connection id="0"
               incomingRoad="1"
               connectingRoad="2"
               contactPoint="start">
      <laneLink from="-2" to="-1"/>
   </connection>
   <connection id="1"
               incomingRoad="-1"
               connectingRoad="4"
               contactPoint="start">
      <laneLink from="-1" to="-1"/>
   </connection>
   <connection id="2"
               incomingRoad="-1"
               connectingRoad="5"
               contactPoint="start">
      <laneLink from="-1" to="-1"/>
   </connection>
</junction>

Rules 规则

The following rules apply for virtual junctions:

  • The main incoming road within a virtual junction does not need to end before the junction area.

  • Virtual junctions shall not replace regular junctions and crossings that connect multiple regular roads.

  • Virtual junctions shall be used for branches off the main road only. The main road always has priority.

  • Virtual junctions shall not have controllers and therefore no traffic lights.

  • If no incoming road is defined the attribute @incomingRoad has the value -1.

以下规则适用于虚拟交叉口:

  • 虚拟交叉口中的主要来路不需要在到达交叉口区域前结束。

  • 虚拟交叉口不能(shall not)取代常规交叉口以及连接多条常规道路的交叉口。

  • 虚拟交叉口仅能(shall)用于主要道路的分支,主要道路永远拥有较高优先级。

  • 虚拟交叉口不能(shall not)配备控制器,因此它没有任何交通灯。

  • 如果没有任何来路被定义,@incomingRoad这个属性则值为-1。

Related topics 相关内容

  • Controller

  • Virtual connections

  • Junctions

  • Incoming roads

  • Connecting roads

  • 控制器

  • 虚拟连接

  • 交叉口

  • 来路

  • 联接道路

10.4.1. Virtual connections 虚拟连接

Virtual connections indicate possible connections between two roads or one or more lanes of two roads. Because the indicated connections are only virtual, no real path is defined. That means that the course of the reference line is not changed.

虚拟连接标明了两条道路或它们中一条或多条车道之间可能的连接。由于被标识的连接是虚拟的,因此没有任何真实路线可得到定义。这意味着参考线的路线不会被改变。

Virtual connections describe topological connections between roads and lanes. They do not need to be geometrically correct. This feature has been implemented as convenience function to make OpenDRIVE more beginner-friendly.

虚拟连接描述了道路与车道之间的拓扑连接,它不需要在几何层面上正确。该特性作为便捷函数被执行,以便OpenDRIVE对初学者来说更容易上手。

For a picture of virtual connections, see figure 78.

虚拟连接的视图可参见图78。

Virtual connections are modeled by @type within the <junction> element.

虚拟连接由<junction>元素中的@type属性来建模。

The predecessor and successor roads of a virtual connection are described by <predecessor> and <successor> elements within the <connection> element.

<connection> 元素中的 <predecessor> 以及<successor> 元素描述了虚拟连接的前驱以及后继的道路。

img78
Figure 78. Virtual junction with virtual connections 图78.拥有虚拟连接的虚拟交叉口

Attributes 属性

See Attributes 9.4

参见属性9.4

XML example XML示例

<junction name="myJunction" type="virtual" id="555" >
    <connection id="0" incomingRoad="1" connectingRoad="2" contactPoint="start">
        <laneLink from="-2" to="-1"/>
    </connection>
    <connection id="1" incomingRoad="99" connectingRoad="4" contactPoint="start">
        <laneLink from="-1" to="-1"/>
    </connection>
    <connection id="2" incomingRoad="99" connectingRoad="5" contactPoint="start">
        <laneLink from="-1" to="-2"/>
    </connection>
    <connection id="3" type="virtual">
        <predecessor elementType="road" elementId="99" contactPoint="end"/>
        <successor   elementType="road" elementId="1" elementS="60.0" elementDir="-"/>
        <laneLink from="-1" to="1"/>
    </connection>
    <connection id="4" type="virtual">
        <predecessor elementType="road" elementId="99" contactPoint="end"/>
        <successor   elementType="road" elementId="1"  elementS="60.0" elementDir="-"/>
        <laneLink from="-1" to="2"/>
    </connection>
    <connection id="5" type="virtual">
        <predecessor elementType="road" elementId="1" elementS="70.0" elementDir="-"/>
        <successor   elementType="road" elementId="99" >
        <laneLink from="1" to="1"/>
    </connection>
</junction>

Rules 规则

The following rules apply for virtual connections:

  • Virtual connections shall not replace regular geometrical elements described by road linkage and lane linkage.

  • Virtual connections shall only be defined in virtual junctions

以下规则适用于虚拟连接:

  • 虚拟连接不能(shall not)取代由道路以及车道连接来描述的常规几何元素。

  • 虚拟连接只能(shall)在虚拟道路中被定义。

Related topics 相关内容

  • Virtual junctions

  • Road linkage

  • Lane linkage

  • 虚拟交叉口

  • 道路连接

  • 车道连接

10.5. Junction groups 交叉口组

Two or more junctions may be grouped in junction groups to indicate that these junctions belong to the same roundabout.

可(may)将两个或以上的交叉口分到交叉口组中,以标明这些交叉口属于同一个环岛。

Figure 79 shows how the junctions 1,2,3 are aggregated in the junction group A.

图79展示了如何将交叉口1、2、3汇总到交叉口组A中。

img79
Figure 79. Junction group with three junctions 图79.拥有三个交叉口的交叉口组

Junction groups are described by <junctionGroup> elements. The junctions that belong to the junction group are specified by <junctionReference> elements.

交叉口组是通过 <junctionGroup> 元素来描述的。所属交叉口组的交叉口由 <junctionReference> 元素来详细说明。

img80
Figure 80. UML model for junction group 图80.用于交叉口组的UML模型

Attributes 属性

t_junctionGroup

Two or more junctions may be grouped in junction groups to indicate that these junctions belong to the same roundabout.

可将两个或以上的交叉口分到交叉口组中,以标明这些交叉口属于同一个环岛。

+ The <junctionGroup> element is split into a header element and a series of member elements.

<junctionGroup> 元素将被拆分到一个头文件元素或一系列成员元素中。

Table/表 47. Attributes of the junctionGroup element 交叉口组元素的属性

attributes
属性

name
名称

type
类型

unit
单位

value

Description
描述

name

string

road

Name of the junction group. May be chosen freely.

交叉口组的名称,可(may)随意选择。

id

string

Unique ID within database

ID在数据库中是唯一的。

type

e_junctionGroup_type

roundabout; unknown

Type of junction group. For values see UML Model

交叉口组的类型。关于值的详情参见UML模型。

t_junctionGroup_junctionReference

References to existing junction elements.

对现有的交叉口元素进行引用。

Table/表 48. Attributes of the junction reference element 交叉口引用元素的属性

attributes
属性

name
名称

type
类型

unit
单位

value

Description
描述

junction

string

road

ID of the junction

交叉口的ID

XML example XML示例

See the use case file UC_2Lane-Roundabout-3Arms.xodr

参见应用案例文件UC_2Lane-Roundabout-3Arms.xodr

Related topics 相关内容

  • Junctions

  • Controllers for junctions

  • 交叉口

  • 用于交叉口的控制器

10.5.1. Controllers for junctions 用于交叉口的控制器

Controllers may be used to manage signals within a junction, as shown in figure 81. The use of controllers is described in the signal chapter. The function of the element within the <junction> element is to list the existing controllers and prioritize them in relation to other controllers inside the junction.

如图81所示,控制器可(may)用于管理交叉口内的标志。关于控制器的使用参见标志章节。 <junction> 元素中的元素功能在于罗列已有控制器并根据其他交叉口内的控制器对其进行优先级排列。

img81
Figure 81. X-Junction with four traffic lights and two controllers 图81. 拥有四个交通标志灯以及两个控制器的X-交叉口

Controllers for junctions are described by <controller> elements within the <junction> element.

用于交叉口的控制器由 <junction> 元素中的 <controller> 元素进行描述。

The @type of control depends on the application and is not specified in OpenDRIVE.

控制器的属性@type根据应用而定,因此OpenDRIVE并不对该属性进行详细说明。

img82
Figure 82. UML model for controller 图82. 用于控制器的UML模型

Attributes 属性

t_junction_controller

Lists the controllers that are used for the management of a junction.

该属性罗列了用于管理交叉口的控制器。

Table/表 49. Attributes of the junction controller element 交叉口控制器元素的属性

attributes
属性

name
名称

type
类型

unit
单位

value

Description
描述

id

string

ID of the controller

控制器的ID

type

string

Type of control for this junction. Free text, depending on the application.

用于交叉口的控制器类型。自由文本,根据应用而定。

sequence

nonNegativeInteger

[0;∞[

Sequence number (priority) of this controller with respect to other controllers in the same junction

该控制器相对于同交叉口内其他控制器的顺序编号(优先级)

XML example XML示例

See the ucse case file UC_Simple-X-Junction-TrafficLights.xodr

参见应用案例文件file UC_Simple-X-Junction-TrafficLights.xodr

Related topics 相关内容

  • Controllers

  • Junction groups

  • Junctions

  • 控制器

  • 交叉口组

  • 交叉口

11. Objects 物体

Objects are items that influence a road by expanding, delimiting, and supplementing its course. The most common examples are parking spaces, crosswalks, and traffic barriers.

物体指的是通过拓展、定界以及补充道路走向从而对道路产生影响的项。最常见的例子是停车位、人行横道以及交通护栏。

There are two ways to describe the bounding box of objects, as shown in figure 83

  • For an angular object: definition of the width, length and height

  • For a circular object: definition of the radius and height

图83展示了两种用于描述物体的边界框的方式:

  • 四边形物体:定义宽度、长度以及高度

  • 圆形物体: 定义半径以及高度

img83
Figure 83. A circular and angular object 图83. 圆形以及四边形的物体

Complex objects may be further described using <outline> elements. If an <outline> is defined, it supersedes the bounding box.

可(may)使用 <outline> 元素对复杂的物体进行进一步的描述。若 <outline> 得到定义,它则会取代边界框。

Objects in OpenDRIVE do not change their position. They may be declared dynamic or static:

  • Dynamic objects are static but have one or more moveable part. Examples are fans in tunnels or windmills.

  • Stationary objects are completely static without any movable part. Examples are buildings or trees.

OpenDRIVE中的物体不会改变自身位置,且可(may)以动态或静态的方式得到声明:

  • 动态物体虽是静态的,但它具备一个或以上的可移动部分,例如隧道内或风车上的风扇。

  • 静态物体是完全静态的且不具有任何可移动部分,例如建筑物或树木。

In OpenDRIVE, objects are represented by the <objects> element within the <object> element. Objects are defined per <road> element.

在OpenDRIVE 中,物体用 <object> 元素中的 <objects> 元素来表示。其按每个 <road> 元素被定义。

img84
Figure 84. UML modell for objects 图84. 用于物体的UML模型

Attributes 属性

t_road_objects

Container for all objects along a road.

该属性是沿着道路上所有物体的容器。

t_road_objects_object

Describes common 3D objects that have a reference to a given road. Objects are items that influence a road by expanding, delimiting, and supplementing its course. The most common examples are parking spaces, crosswalks, and traffic barriers. There are two ways to describe the bounding box of objects.

  • For an angular object: definition of the width, length and height.

  • For a circular object: definition of the radius and height.

该属性描述了常见的、从给定道路中引用而来的三维物体。物体作为项会通过拓展、定界以及补充道路的走向而对其产生影响。最常见的例子为停车位、人行横道以及交通护栏。共有两种方式用于描述物体的边界框。

  • 四边形物体:定义宽度、长度以及高度

  • 圆形物体: 定义半径以及高度

Table/表 50. Attributes of the road objects element 道路物体元素的属性

attributes
属性

name
名称

type
类型

unit
单位

value

Description
描述

s

t_grEqZero

m

[0;∞[

s-coordinate of object’s origin

物体原点的s坐标

t

double

m

]-∞;∞[

t-coordinate of object’s origin

物体原点的t坐标

zOffset

double

m

]-∞;∞[

z-offset of object’s origin relative to the elevation of the reference line

相对于参考线高程的物体原点的z-偏移

type

e_objectType

Type of object. For values, see UML. For a parking space, the <parkingSpace> element may be used additionally.

物体的类型。关于值的详情参见UML。可附加将<parkingSpace>元素用于停车位。

validLength

t_grEqZero

m

[0;∞[

Validity of object along s-axis (0.0 for point object)

沿着s轴的物体有效性(对于点物体,值为0.0)

orientation

e_orientation

+; -; none

"" = valid in positive s-direction, "-" = valid in negative s-direction,+ "none" = valid in both directions+ (does not affect the heading)

"" = 在正s方向有效, "-"在负s-方向有效,+ "none" =在两个方向都有效+ (不影响航向角/偏航角)

subtype

string

Variant of a type

类型的变量

dynamic

t_yesNo

yes; no

Indicates whether the object is dynamic or static, default value is "no" (static). Dynamic object cannot change its position.

标明了物体是静态还是动态的,默认值为"no"(静态)。动态物体无法改变其位置。

hdg

double

rad

]-∞;∞[

Heading angle of the object relative to road direction

相对于道路方向的物体的航向角/偏航角

name

string

Name of the object. May be chosen freely.

物体的名称;可随意选择

pitch

double

rad

]-∞;∞[

Pitch angle relative to the x/y-plane

相对于x/y平面的俯仰角

id

string

Unique ID within database

ID在数据库中是唯一的

roll

double

rad

]-∞;∞[

Roll angle relative to the x/y-plane

相对于x/y平面的横摆角/翻滚角

height

double

m

]-∞;∞[

Height of the object’s bounding box. @height is defined in the local coordinate system u/v along the z-axis

物体的边界框高度;@height 在局部坐标系u/v里沿z轴得到定义

length

double

m

[0;∞[

Length of the object’s bounding box, alternative to @radius. @length is defined in the local coordinate system u/v along the v-axis

物体的边界框长度,替代@radius属性。@length在局部坐标系u/v里沿v轴得到定义

width

double

m

[0;∞[

Width of the angular object’s bounding box, alternative to @radius. @width is defined in the local coordinate system u/v along the u-axis

四边形物体的边界框宽度,替代@radius属性。@ width在局部坐标系u/v里沿u轴得到定义

radius

double

m

[0;∞[

Radius of the circular object’s bounding box, alternative to @length and @width. @radius is defined in the local coordinate system u/v"

圆形物体边界框的半径,代替@length 和 @width。@ radius在局部坐标系u/v里得到定义

XML example XML示例

<objects>
    <object
        type="building"
        name="ExampleBuilding"
        id="1"
        s="80.0"
        t="17.0"
        zOffset="0.0"
        orientation="none"
        length="12.15"
        width="22.415"
        height="11.84"
        hdg="1.44"
        pitch="0.0"
        roll="0.00">
    </object>
</objects>

Rules 规则

The following rules apply to objects:

  • The type of an object shall be given by the @type attribute.

  • An object may either be dynamic or static.

  • Objects derived from OpenSCENARIO shall not be mixed with objects described in OpenDRIVE.

  • The direction for which objects are valid shall be specified.

  • The origin position of the object shall be described with s- and t-coordinates.

  • Objects may be of circular or angular shape. The possibilities are mutually exclusive. The shape is defined by the used attributes.

以下规则适用于物体:

  • 物体的类型必须(shall)由@type属性给出。

  • 物体可以(may)是动态或静态的。

  • 源自OpenSCENARIO的物体不能(shall not)与OpenDRIVE中的物体混合。

  • 必须(shall)详细说明物体有效的方向。

  • 必须(shall)使用s以及t坐标来描述物体的原点位置。

  • 物体的形状可以(may)是圆形或四边形的,但两者不能并存。形状由使用的属性来定义。

Related topics 相关内容

  • Repeating objects

  • Roads

  • Object outline

  • 重复物体

  • 道路

  • 物体轮廓

11.1. Repeating objects 重复物体

To avoid lengthy XML code, objects of the same type may be repeated. The attributes of the repeated object may be changed. This element is mainly used to describe railings, railing posts, street lamp.

为了避免XML代码过长,可以(may)重复相同类型的物体。可以(may)对重复物体的属性进行更改。此元素主要用于描述栏杆、栏杆柱以及路灯。

Figure 85 shows one larger angular object that repeats another object. Figure 86 and figure 87 show several smaller repeated objects, angular (Figure 86) and circular (Figure 87).

图85展示了一个较大的四边形物体,它重复了其他物体。图86和图87展示了多个较小的重复物体,图86中展示的是四边形物体,图87中展示的是圆形物体。

img85
Figure 85. One larger angular repeated object 图85. 一个被重复的较大四边形物体
img86
Figure 86. Several smaller angular repeated objects 图86. 多个被重复的较小四边形物体
img87
Figure 87. Several smaller circular repeated objects 图87.多个被重复的较小圆形物体

In OpenDRIVE, repeating objects are represented by the <repeat> element within the <object> element

在OpenDRIVE中,重复物体用 <object> 元素中的<repeat>元素来表示。

Attributes 属性

t_road_objects_object_repeat

To avoid lengthy XML code, objects of the same type may be repeated. Attributes of the repeated object shall overrule the attributes from the original object. If attributes are omitted in the repeated objects, the attributes from the original object apply.

为了避免XML代码过长,相同类型的物体可以被重复。重复物体的属性必须(shall)替代原始物体的属性。如果被重复物体的属性被省略,则原始物体的属性适用。

Table/表 51. Attributes of the repeat element for objects 物体重复元素的属性

attributes
属性

name
名称

type
类型

unit
单位

value

Description
描述

s

t_grEqZero

m

[0;∞[

s-coordinate of start position, overrides the corresponding argument in the original <object> record

起始位置的s坐标,覆盖了原始<object> 记录中的相应参数。

length

t_grEqZero

[0;∞[

Length of the repeat area, along the reference line in s-direction.

重复区域的长度,沿参考线在s方向内

distance

t_grEqZero

m

[0;∞[

Distance between two instances of the object; If this value is zero, then the object is treated like a continuous feature, for example, a guard rail, a wall, etc.

两个物体实例之间的距离。若值为零,物体则将作为连续特征处理,比如护栏、墙或其它。

tStart

double

m

]-∞;∞[

Lateral offset of objects reference point at @s

位于@s的物体参考点的横向偏移

tEnd

double

m

]-∞;∞[

Lateral offset of object’s reference point at @s + @length

位于@s + @length的物体参考点的横向偏移

heightStart

double

m

]-∞;∞[

Height of the object at @s

位于@s的物体高度

heightEnd

double

m

]-∞;∞[

Height of the object at @s + @length

位于@s + @length的物体高度

zOffsetStart

double

m

]-∞;∞[

z-offset of the object at @s, relative to the elevation of the reference line

位于@s的物体z偏移,相对于参考线的高程

zOffsetEnd

double

m

]-∞;∞[

z-offset of the object at @s + @length, relative to the elevation of the reference line

位于@s + @length的物体z偏移,相对于参考线的高程

widthStart

t_grEqZero

m

[0;∞[

Width of the object at @s

位于@s的物体宽度

widthEnd

t_grEqZero

m

[0;∞[

Width of the object at @s + @length

位于@s + @length的物体宽度

lengthStart

t_grEqZero

lengthEnd

t_grEqZero

radiusStart

t_grEqZero

radiusEnd

t_grEqZero

XML example XML示例

<objects>
    <object
        type="streetLamp"
        name="ExampleStreetLamp"
        id="2"
        s="15.00"
        t="5.0"
        zOffset="0.0"

        orientation="none"
        length="0.14"
        width="1.28"
        height="7.35"
        hdg="0.0"
        pitch="0.00"
        roll="0.0000">
        <repeat
            s="15.0"
            length="180.0"
            distance="60.00"
            tStart="5.0"
            tEnd="5.0"
            widthStart="1.28"
            widthEnd="1.28"
            heightStart="7.35"
            heightEnd="7.35"
            zOffsetStart="0.0"
            zOffsetEnd="0.0"/>
    </object>
</objects>

Rules 规则

The following rules apply to repeating objects:

  • Parameters of the repeated object may differ from the original object.

  • Parameters of the repeated object shall overrule the parameters from the original object.

以下规则适用于重复物体:

  • 重复物体的参数可以(may)不同于原始物体的参数。

  • 重复物体的参数必须(shall)取代原始物体的参数。

Related topics 相关内容

  • Objects

  • Junction groups

  • 物体

  • 交叉口组

11.2. Object outline 物体轮廓

Objects may have an outline that is too complex to be described by parameters for angular and circular objects alone. Therefore, the outline of polygonal objects or non-rectangular objects may be described in a more detailed way.

物体可(may)有一个轮廓。由于其复杂性,无法单独用四边形和圆形物体的参数来描述。因此,可(may)使用更详细的方式对多边形或非矩形物体的轮廓进行描述。

An outline defines a series of corner points, including the height of the object relative to the road reference line. The inner area of the described outline may be filled with a filling type, such as grass, concrete, asphalt, or pavement.

轮廓定义了一系列端点,其中包含了相对于道路参考线的物体的高度。可用例如草、混凝土、沥青或行人通道等填充物类型对被述轮廓的内部区域进行填充。

The definition of the outline of objects is mainly used for traffic islands, irregularly shaped parking spaces and special road marking.

物体轮廓的定义主要用于交通岛、有着不规则形状的停车位以及特殊的道路线。

img88
Figure 88. Traffic island as object 图88. 作为物体的交通岛

In OpenDRIVE, the outline of objects is represented by the <outlines> element within the <object> element.

在OpenDRIVE中,物体轮廓用 <object> 元素内的 <outlines> 元素来表示。

The <outlines> element serves as a wrapper for the <outline> element, which itself contains further elements to describe, for example, corner roads, bridges and borders.

<outlines> 元素被视作 <outline> 元素的包裹容器,该元素本身包含了用于描述例如弯路,桥梁和边界等内容的其他元素。

Attributes 属性

t_road_objects_object_outlines_outline

Defines a series of corner points, including the height of the object relative to the road reference line. For areas, the points should be listed in counter-clockwise order. An <outline> element shall be followed by one or more <cornerRoad> element or by one or more <cornerLocal> element.

该属性定义了一系列端点,其中包括相对于道路参考线的物体的高度。端点应(should)按逆时针顺序在区域中列出。 <outline> 元素之后必须跟随着一个或多个 <cornerRoad> 元素,或同样是一个或多个 <cornerLocal> 元素。

OpenDRIVE 1.4 outline definitions (without <outlines> parent element) shall still be supported, but deprecated.

OpenDRIVE 1.4 中的轮廓定义(不包含<outlines>父级元素)应(shall)继续得到支持,但是必须弃用。

Table/表 52. Attributes of the outline element 轮廓元素的属性

attributes
属性

name
名称

type
类型

unit
单位

value

Description
描述

id

nonNegativeInteger

[0;∞[

ID of the outline. Must be unique within one object.

轮廓的ID,在一个物体中必须是唯一的。

fillType

e_outlineFillType

Type used to fill the area inside the outline. For values see UML Model.

类型用于填充轮廓中的区域。关于值请参见UML模型。

outer

t_bool

true; false

Defines if outline is an outer outline of the object.

该属性定义了轮廓是否是物体的外轮廓

closed

t_bool

true; false

If true, the outline describes an area, not a linear feature.

属性若为真,轮廓则描述了一个区域,而不是一个显性特征。

laneType

e_laneType

Describes the lane type of the outline. For values see UML Model.

该属性描述了轮廓的车道类型。关于值请参见UML模式。

XML example XML示例

Ex_TrafficIsland-CornerRoad.xodr

Rules 规则

The following rules apply to outline elements:

  • An <outline> element shall be followed by one or more <cornerRoad> elements or by one or more <cornerLocal> element.

  • The <outline> element may represent an area or a line feature.

  • The inner area of the described outline may be filled with a filling type.

  • An outline may be specified as an objects outer or inner outline. It may be specified if the described outline is located at the outer border of the object.

  • It may be specified like which lane type the object is treated by the application.

  • All points of the <outline> element must be located inside the bounding box.

以下规则适用于轮廓元素:

  • <outline> 元素必须(shall)伴随一个或以上的 <cornerRoad> 元素或者 <cornerLocal> 元素。

  • <outline> 元素可(may)呈现一个区域或者线条特征。

  • 被述轮廓的内部区域可(may)由填充物类型进行填充。

  • 轮廓可(may)被说明为物体的内轮廓或外轮廓。可(may)对被描述的轮廓是否被置于物体的外边界这类情况进行详细说明。

  • 可(may)使用应用处理物体车道类型的方式对轮廓进行详细说明。

  • <outline> 元素的所有点都必须(must)置于边界框内。

Related topics 相关内容

  • Corner roads

  • Corner local

  • Objects

  • 道路坐标系边角

  • 局部坐标边角

  • 物体

11.2.1. Corner roads 道路坐标系边角

Corner roads are mandatory elements inside an <outline> element. They are used to describe non-linear forms of objects. They are mutually exclusive with <cornerLocal> elements. Corner roads describe the outline of objects relative to the road reference line with their s- and t-coordinates.

道路坐标系边角是<outline>中的强制性元素,它们被用于描述物体的非线性形状且与<cornerLocal>元素互斥。道路坐标系边角通过其s-以及t-坐标描述了相对于道路参考线的物体轮廓。

The shape of an object may be described by the height of the object at a corner and the difference in height relative to the reference line.

物体的形状可(may)由物体在边角的高度以及相对于参考线的高度差来描述。

Figure 89 shows a non-linear object with several corner points that is described by the s- and t-coordinates along the reference line. Corner road helps to position objects along a road, for example concrete barriers.

图89展示了拥有若干端点的非线性物体,该物体由沿着参考线的s-和t-坐标来描述。道路坐标系边角有助于将物体沿着道路进行放置,比如放置混凝土障碍。

img89
Figure 89. An object described by corner road coordinates 图89.用道路坐标系边角来描述的物体

In OpenDRIVE, corner roads are represented by the <cornerRoad> element within the <outline> element.

在OpenDRIVE中,道路坐标系边角用 <outline> 元素中的 <cornerRoad> 元素来表示。

Attributes 属性

t_road_objects_object_outlines_outline_cornerRoad

Defines a corner point on the object’s outline in road coordinates.

该属性定义了在道路坐标内的、物体轮廓上的端点。

Table/表 53. Attributes of the cornerRoad element cornerRoad元素的属性

attributes
属性

name
名称

type
类型

unit
单位

value

Description
描述

s

double

m

[-∞;∞[

s-coordinate of the corner

道路坐标系边角的s坐标

t

double

m

[-∞;∞[

t-coordinate of the corner

道路坐标系边角t坐标

dz

double

m

[-∞;∞[

dz of the corner relative to road reference line

相对于道路参考线的道路坐标系边角的dz

height

double

m

[-∞;∞[

Height of the object at this corner, along the z-axis

物体在该道路坐标系边角上的高度,沿着z轴

id

nonNegativeInteger

[0;∞[

ID of the outline point. Shall be unique within one outline.

轮廓点的ID,在一个轮廓中必须(shall)是唯一的。

XML example XML示例

Ex_TrafficIsland-cornerRoad.xodr

Rules 规则

The following rules apply to cornerRoad elements:

  • There shall be at least two <`cornerRoad>` elements inside an <outline> element.

  • There shall be no <cornerLocal> element next to a <cornerRoad> element inside the same <outline> element.

以下规则适用于cornerRoad元素: • 一个 <outline> 元素中必须(shall)存在至少两个<cornerRoad>元素。 • <cornerLocal> 元素与 <cornerRoad> 元素不得(shall be no)并排存在于同一个 <outline> 元素中。

Related topics 相关内容

  • Corner local

  • Object outline

  • Superelevation

  • 局部坐标系边角

  • 物体轮廓

  • 超高程

11.2.2. Corner local 局部坐标系边角

Corner local are mandatory elements inside an <outline> element. They are used to describe non-linear forms of objects. They are mutually exclusive with <cornerRoad>. Corner local describes the outline of objects within a local u/v-coordinate system.

局部坐标系边角是 <outline> 中强制性的元素,它们被用来描述物体的非线性形状且与 <cornerRoad> 元素互斥。局部坐标系边角描述了局部u/v坐标系中的物体轮廓。

Figure 90 shows a non-linear object with several corner points that is described within a local coordinate system. Corner local helps to position objects beyond a road, relative to a single point, for example buildings or traffic islands.

图90展示了一个非线性的物体,该物体拥有局部坐标系中描述的多个端点。局部坐标系边角有助于对道路之外的物体相对于单个点进行放置,例如建筑物或交通岛。

img90
Figure 90. An object described by corner local coordinates 图90. 由局部坐标系边角所描述的物体

In OpenDRIVE, corner locals are represented by the <cornerLocal> element within the <outline> element.

在OpenDRIVE中,局部坐标系边角用 <outline> 元素中的 <cornerLocal> 元素来表示。

Attributes 属性

t_road_objects_object_outlines_outline_cornerLocal

Used to describe complex forms of objects. Defines a corner point on the object outline relative to the object pivot point in local u/v-coordinates. The pivot point and the orientation of the object are given by the s/t/heading arguments of the <object> element.

该属性用于描述物体的复杂形状。它定义了一个处于物体轮廓上的端点,该点相对于局部u/v坐标中的物体支点。物体的支点以及方向由 <object> 元素的s/t/航向角/偏航角参数给出。

Table/表 54. Attributes of the cornerLocal element cornerLocal 元素的属性

attributes
属性

name
名称

type
类型

unit
单位

value

Description
描述

u

double

m

[-∞;∞[

Local u-coordinate of the corner

局部坐标系边角的局部u坐标

v

double

m

[-∞;∞[

Local v-coordinate of the corner

局部坐标系边角的局部v坐标

z

double

m

[-∞;∞[

Local z-coordinate of the corner

局部坐标系边角的局部z坐标

height

double

m

[-∞;∞[

Height of the object at this corner, along the z-axis

局部坐标系边角上的物体高度,沿z轴

id

nonNegativeInteger

[0;∞[

ID of the outline point. Shall be unique within one outline.

轮廓点的ID,在一个轮廓中必须(shall)是唯一的。

XML example XML示例

See the use case file UC_2Lane-Roundabout-3Arms.xodr

参见应用案例文件UC_2Lane-Roundabout-3Arms.xodr

Rules 规则

The following rules apply to cornerLocal elements:

  • There shall be at least two <cornerLocal> elements inside an <outline> element.

  • There shall be no mixture of <cornerRoad> and <cornerLocal> elements inside the same <outline> element.

以下规则适用于cornerLocal元素:

  • 一个<outline>元素中必须至少存在两个 <cornerLocal> 元素。

  • 不允许(shall)在相同的<outline> 元素中混合使用 <cornerRoad> 以及 <cornerLocal> 元素。

Related topics 相关内容

  • Corner road

  • Object outline

    • 局部坐标系边角

    • 物体轮廓

11.3. Object material 物体的材质

Objects placed on a road, such as patches, may consist of a different material than the surrounding road. Therefore, the material of the object may be defined separately. In OpenDRIVE, it is possible to describe the surface, roughness and friction. The values depend on the application and are not defined in OpenDRIVE.

置于道路上的物体(比如道路补丁)可(may)由不同于它周围的道路的材质组成。因此,物体的材质可单独被定义。在OpenDRIVE中,可以对表面、粗糙度以及摩擦力进行描述。值将根据应用而定且不在OpenDRIVE中被定义。

In OpenDRIVE, object material is represented by the <material> element within the <object> element

在OpenDRIVE中,物体的材质用 <object> 元素中的 <material> 元素来表示。

Attributes 属性

t_road_objects_object_material

Describes the material properties of objects, for example, patches that are part of the road surface but deviate from the standard road material. Supersedes the material specified in the <road material> element and is valid only within the outline of the parent road object.

该属性描述了物体的材质属性,例如补丁属于道路表面的一部分,但仍不同于常规道路材质。该属性将取代在 <road material> 元素中被说明的材质,且仅在父级道路物体轮廓内有效。

Table/表 55. Attributes of the material element within an object 物体中的材质元素的属性

attributes
属性

name
名称

type
类型

unit
单位

value

Description
描述

surface

string

Surface material code, depending on application

路面材质的代码,根据应用而定。

friction

t_grEqZero

[0;∞[

Friction value, depending on application

摩擦力值,根据应用而定。

roughness

t_grEqZero

[0;∞[

Roughness, for example, for sound and motion systems, depending on application

例如声音以及运动系统的粗糙度,根据应用而定。

Rules 规则

The following rules apply to material for objects:

  • The material of objects may differ from the surrounding road.

以下规则适用于物体的材质:

  • 物体的材质可(may)不同于它周围的道路。

Related topics 相关内容

  • Objects

  • 物体

11.4. Lane validity for objects 物体的车道有效性

Per default, objects are valid for all lanes of a road. Lane validity enables rendering of objects for specific lanes only.

物体默认为对所有道路的车道有效。道路有效性只允许为特定车道渲染物体。

In OpenDRIVE, lane validity is represented by the <validity> element within the <object> element.

在OpenDrive中,车道有效性用 <object> 元素中的 <validity> 元素来表示。

Rules 规则

The following rules apply to validity elements:

  • An object may be valid for specified lanes.

  • An object may be valid for one lane only.

以下规则适用于有效性元素:

  • 一个物体可以(may)对特定车道有效。

  • 一个物体可以(may)只对一条车道有效。

Related topics 相关内容

  • Objects

  • Object reference

  • 物体

  • 物体引用

11.5. Access rules to parking spaces 停车位的使用规则

Objects of type parking space are defined as all other object types using the @type=parkingSpace within the <object> element. The outline of the parking space is described by <cornerRoad> or <cornerLocal> elements, as shown in figure 91.

停车位这个物体类型与所有其他物体类型无异,均是通过使用<object>元素内的@type=parkingSpace属性来定义的。如图91所示,停车位的轮廓由<cornerRoad> 或<cornerLocal>元素描述。

The access to a specified parking space may be restricted to a certain group, for example handicapped persons or residents, or a certain group of vehicles, for example busses. Further restrictions depend on the application and are not part of OpenDRIVE.

特定停车位的使用可能(may)局限于某个群体,例如残障人士或居民,或某种车辆组(比如公交车)。更多的限制并不包含在OpenDRIVE中,它们将根据应用而定。

img91
Figure 91. Parking spaces rectangular (left figure) and rhomboid (right figure) 图91. 方形停车位(左图)以及斜方形停车位(右图)

In OpenDRIVE, access rules for parking spaces are represented by the <parkingSpace> element within the <object> element.

在OpenDRIVE中,停车位的使用规则用 <object> 元素里的 <parkingSpace> 元素来表示。

Attributes 属性

Table/表 56. Attributes of the parkingSpace element

attributes
属性

name
名称

type
类型

unit
单位

value

Description
描述

access

e_road_objects_object_parkingSpace_access

all; car; women; handicapped; bus; truck; electric; residents

Access definitions for the parking space. Parking spaces tagged with "women" and "handicapped" are vehicles of type car. For values see UML Model

停车位的使用定义。标有"女士" and "残疾人"的停车位属于轿车的类型。关于值,请参见UML模型。

restrictions

string

<Free text, depending on application

自由文本;根据应用而定。

XML example XML示例

Ex_Parkingspace_Rectangular.xodr Ex_Parkingspace_rhomboid.xdor

Rules 规则

The following rules apply to parkingSpace elements:

  • The access to a specified parking space may be limited to a specified group of persons or vehicles.

  • Further access restrictions may be defined, but are not part of OpenDRIVE.

以下规则适用于parkingSpace元素:

  • 对于特定停车位的使用可(may)受限于特定人群或车辆分组。

  • 可(may)定义更多使用限制,但它们并不是OpenDRIVE的一部分。

Related topics 相关内容

  • Objects

  • Corner road

  • Corner local

  • 物体

  • 道路坐标系边角

  • 局部坐标系边角

11.6. Object marking 物体的标识

Marking describes the road marks of any objects like crosswalks, stopping-lines, and parking spaces. Marking is defined either in accordance to the bounding box of the element or by referencing outline points of the object.

标识描述了所有物体的道路线,比如人行横道、停止线以及停车位。标识根据元素的边界框或通过物体的轮廓点得到定义。

img92
Figure 92. Crosswalk in OpenDRIVE 图92. OpenDRIVE中的人行横道

In OpenDRIVE, the marking of objects is represented by the <markings> element within the <object> element.

在OpenDRIVE中,物体的标识用 <object> 元素中的 <markings> 元素来表示。

The <markings> element serves as a wrapper for the <marking> element, which contains further information about the marking.

<markings> 元素作为 <marking> 元素的包裹容器,它包含了更多关于标识的信息。

The marking may be defined for a straight line from one outline point to another by referencing the ID of the respective outline points. For this purpose, the <cornerReference> element inside the <marking> element is used.

通过引用相应轮廓点的ID,可(may)为一个轮廓点到另一个轮廓点之间的直线定义标识。 为此,<marking> 元素内的 <cornerReference> 元素将得以使用。

Attributes 属性

t_road_objects_object_markings

Describes the appearance of the parking space with multiple marking elements.

该属性使用多种标识元素对停车位的状态进行描述。

t_road_objects_object_markings_marking

Specifies a marking that is either attached to one side of the object bounding box or referencing outline points.

该属性详细说明了一个附加在物体边界框一边的或引用轮廓点的标识。

Table/表 57. Attributes of the marking element

attributes
属性

name
名称

type
类型

unit
单位

value

Description
描述

side

e_sideType

Side of the bounding box described in <object> element in the local coordinate system u/v. For values see UML model.

局部坐标系中的<object>元素所描述的边界框的边。关于值请参见UML模型。

weight

e_roadMarkWeight

standard; bold Optical "weight" of the marking. For values see UML model.

常规的;标识的"weight粗细" 设置为 bold Optical 。关于值请参见UML模型。

width

t_grZero

m

[0;∞[

Width of the marking.

标识的宽度

color

e_roadMarkColor

Color of the marking. For values see UML model.

标识的颜色。关于值请参见UML模型。

zOffset

t_grEqZero

m

[0;∞[

Height of road mark above the road, i.e. thickness of the road mark

道路上方路标的高度,即路标的厚度。

spaceLength

t_grEqZero

m

[0;∞[

Length of the gap between the visible parts

可见部分之间空隙的长度。

lineLength

t_grZero

m

[0;∞[

Length of the visible part

可见部分的长度。

startOffset

double

m

]-∞;∞[

Lateral offset in u-direction from start of bounding box side where the first marking starts

从边界框边开始(同时也是第一个标识开始的地方)u方向内的横向偏移

stopOffset

double

m

]-∞;∞[

Lateral offset in u-direction from end of bounding box side where the marking ends

从边界框边结束(同时也是标识结束的地方)u方向内的横向偏移

t_road_objects_object_markings_marking_cornerReference

Specifies a point by referencing an existing outline point.

通过对已有的轮廓点进行引用,该属性详细说明了一个点。

Table/表 58. Attributes of the cornerReference element cornerReference元素的属性

attributes
属性

name
名称

type
类型

unit
单位

value

Description
描述

id

nonNegativeInteger

[0;∞[

Index of outline point

轮廓点的索引

XML example XML示例

 <objects>
            <object type="crosswalk" id="10" s="10.0" t="0.0" zOffset="0.0"
            orientation="none" length="10.0" width="7.0" hdg="0.0" pitch="0.0" roll="0.0">
            <outlines>
                  <outline id="0">
                  <cornerRoad s="5.0" t="3.5" dz="0.0" height="4.0" id="0"/>
                  <cornerRoad s="8.0" t="-3.5" dz="0.0" height="4.0" id="1"/>
                  <cornerRoad s="12.0" t="-3.5" dz="0.0" height="4.0" id="2"/>
                  <cornerRoad s="15.0" t="3.5" dz="0.0" height="4.0" id="3"/>
               </outline>
            </outlines>
            <markings>
              <marking width="0.1" color="white" zOffset="0.005" spaceLength ="0.05"
              lineLength ="0.2" startOffset="0.0" stopOffset="0.0">
                  <cornerReference id="0"/>
                  <cornerReference id="1"/>
              </marking>
              <marking width="0.1" color="white" zOffset="0.005" spaceLength ="0.05"
              lineLength ="0.2" startOffset="0.0" stopOffset="0.0">
                  <cornerReference id="2"/>
                  <cornerReference id="3"/>
              </marking>
            </markings>
            </object>
        </objects>

Rules 规则

The following rules apply to object marking elements:

  • The marking of an object shall either completely or partially be defined on its outline

  • The color of the marking shall be defined.

  • If no outline is used, the attribute @side is mandatory.

  • If an outline is used at least two <cornerReference> are mandatory

以下规则适用于物体标识元素:

  • 对一个物体的标识必须(shall)在其轮廓中被全部或部分定义。

  • 标识的颜色必须(shall)被定义。

  • 若没有使用任何轮廓,@side属性则将是必要的。

  • 若使用了一个轮廓,则至少两个 <cornerReference> 元素是必要的。

Related topics 相关内容

  • Object outline

  • Objects

  • Object borders

  • 物体轮廓

  • 物体

  • 物体边界

11.7. Object borders 物体边界

Objects may have a border, that is a frame of a defined width. Different border types are available, currently concrete and curb, for example for traffic islands.

物体可以(may)拥有一个边界,该边界指的是已定义宽度的边框。不同的边界类型(目前有混凝土以及路缘)可供例如交通岛使用。

In OpenDRIVE, object borders are represented by the <borders> element within the <object> element. The <borders> element serves as a wrapper for the <border> element, which itself contains further attributes to describe the borders.

在OpenDRIVE中,物体边界用 <object> 元素中的 <borders> 元素来表示。 <borders> 元素被视作 <border> 元素的包裹容器,该元素本身包含了更多的属性用于描述边界。

Attributes 属性

t_road_objects_object_borders

Objects may have a border, that is, a frame of a defined width. Different border types are available.

物体可以(may)拥有一个边界,它是一个被定义了宽度的边框。有不同的边界类型可供使用。

t_road_objects_object_borders_border

Specifies a border along certain outline points.

该属性详细说明了一条沿着若干轮廓点的边界。

Table/表 59. Attributes of the border element 边界元素的属性

attributes
属性

name
名称

type
类型

unit
单位

value

Description
描述

width

t_grEqZero

m

[0;∞[

Border width

边界宽度

type

e_borderType

Appearance of border. For values see UML Model.

边界的状态。关于值请参见UML模型

outlineId

nonNegativeInteger

[0;∞[

ID of the outline to use

用于将要使用的轮廓ID

useCompleteOutline

t_bool

true; false

Use all outline points for border. "true" is used as default.

为边界使用所有轮廓点。"true"作为默认使用。

Rules 规则

The following rules apply to object borders:

  • If useCompleteOutline is true, <cornerReference> shall not be defined

  • If useCompleteOutline is false, at least two <cornerReference> are mandatory

以下规则适用于物体边界:

  • 若 useCompleteOutline 为真, <cornerReference> 不能(shall not)被定义。

  • 若 useCompleteOutline 为伪, 则需要至少两个<cornerReference> 。

Related topics 相关内容

  • Object outline

  • Objects

  • Object marking

  • 物体轮廓

  • 物体

  • 物体标识

11.8. Object reference 物体引用

It is possible to link an object with one or more roads, signals or other objects. These links represent a logical connection between the two elements.

可以将一个物体连接到一条或以上道路、标志或其他物体上。此类连接代表了两个元素之间的逻辑连接。

An object reference is used, for example, if a pedestrian crossing crosses several roads. In this case, the pedestrian crossing is defined for one road only, and then referenced by the other roads that it crosses.

物体引用可以在多种情况下得以使用。假如一条人行横道穿过多条道路,便可以使用物体引用。在这种情况下,对人行横道的定义只针对一条道路,随即该人行横道会被其他与之相关的道路引用。

The lane validity element may be used to indicate for which lane the object reference is valid.

车道有效性元素可(may)用于指出物体引用对于哪条车道来说是有效的。

In OpenDRIVE, object reference is represented by the <objectReference> element within the <objects> element.

在OpenDRIVE中,物体引用用 <objects>元素中的<objectReference>元素来表示。

Attributes 属性

t_road_objects_objectReference

It is possible to link an object with one or more roads, signals or other objects using a <objectReference> element. The referenced objects require a unique ID.

可以使用 <objectReference> 元素将一个物体与一条或以上的道路、标志或其他物体进行连接。被引用的物体需要一个唯一的ID。
The object reference element consists of a main element and an optional lane validity element.

物体引用元素由一个主元素和一个可选的车道有效性元素组成。

Table/表 60. Attributes of the objectReference element objectReference元素的属性

attributes
属性

name
名称

type
类型

unit
单位

value

Description
描述

s

t_grEqZero

m

[0;∞[

s-coordinate

s坐标

t

double

m

]-∞;∞[

t-coordinate

t坐标

id

string

Unique ID of the referred object within the database

被引用物体在数据库中的ID是唯一的

zOffset

double

m

]-∞;∞[

z offset relative to the elevation of the reference line

相对于参考线高程的z偏移

validLength

t_grEqZero

m

[0;∞[

Validity of the object along s-axis (0.0 for point object)

沿s轴的物体有效性(点物体为0.0)

orientation

e_orientation

+; -; none

"" = valid in positive s-direction, + "-" = valid in negative s-direction, + "none" = valid in both directions "" = 在正s方向有效,

"-" = 在负s方向有效,

"none" = 在两个方向均有效

Related topics 相关内容

  • Lane validity

  • Objects

  • 车道有效性

  • 物体

11.9. Tunnels 隧道

Tunnels are modeled as objects in OpenDRIVE. By definition, tunnels are valid for the complete cross section of a road. Different properties of tunnels may be described: length, whether the tunnel represents an underpass and is open to daylight, and the light conditions.

在OpenDRIVE中,隧道是作为物体被建模的。根据定义,隧道对道路的整个横截面均有效。可(may)对隧道的不同属性进行描述:长度、隧道是否等同于一个地下通道且有日光照射、以及光照条件。

Figure 93 shows a tunnel that is valid for the whole cross section of the road.

图93展示了一条对整个道路横截面有效的隧道。

img93
Figure 93. A tunnel 图93.一条隧道

In OpenDRIVE, tunnels are represented by the <tunnel> element within the <objects> element.

在OpenDRIVE中,隧道用<objects>元素中的<tunnel>元素来表示。

Attributes 属性

t_road_objects_tunnel

Tunnels are modeled as objects in OpenDRIVE. Tunnels apply to the entire cross section of the road within the given range unless a lane validity element with further restrictions is provided as child element.

隧道在OpenDRIVE是作为物体被建模的。除非一个有着更多限制的车道有效性元素被作为子级使用,否则隧道将适用于在给定范围内的整个道路横截面。

Table/表 61. Attributes of the tunnel element 隧道元素的属性

attributes
属性

name
名称

type
类型

unit
单位

value

Description
描述

s

t_grEqZero

m [0;∞[

s-coordinate

s坐标

length

t_grEqZero

m [0;∞[

Length of the tunnel (in s-direction)

隧道的长度(在s方向中)

name

string

Name of the tunnel. May be chosen freely.

隧道的名称。可(may)随意选择。

id

string

Unique ID within database

ID在数据库中是唯一的

type

e_tunnelType

Type of tunnel. For values see UML Model.

隧道的类型;关于值请参见UML模型。

lighting

t_zeroOne

[0;1]

Degree of artificial tunnel lighting. Depends on the application.

人造隧道光照的程度,根据应用而定。

daylight

t_zeroOne

[0;1]

Degree of daylight intruding the tunnel. Depends on the application.

日光照进隧道的程度,根据应用而定。

XML example XML示例

<objects>
    <tunnel
        s="50.0"
        length="100.0"
        name="ExampleTunnel"
        id="1"
        type="standard"
        lighting="0.2"
        daylight="0.9" />
</objects>

Rules 规则

The following rules apply to tunnel elements:

  • Tunnels may be restricted to certain lanes, using the <laneValidity> element.

  • The @type of the tunnel shall be specified.

以下规则适用于隧道元素:

  • 在使用<laneValidity>元素时,隧道可(may)受限于某些车道。

  • 必须(shall)对隧道的@type属性进行详细说明。

Related topics 相关内容

  • Bridges

  • Road cross section

  • Lane validity

  • 桥梁

  • 道路横截面

  • 车道有效性

11.10. Bridges 桥梁

Bridges are modeled as objects in OpenDRIVE. By definition, bridges are valid for the complete cross section of a road. Different properties of bridges may be described: length and type, such as concrete, steel, wood or brick.

桥梁在OpenDRIVE中是作为物体被建模的。根据定义,桥梁对于一条道路完整的横截面均有效。可(may)对桥梁的不同属性进行描述:长度以及例如混凝土、钢铁或砖头等类型。

Figure 94 shows a bridge that is valid for the whole cross section of the road

图94展示了一座对整个道路横截面有效的桥梁。

img94
Figure 94. A bridge 图94.一座桥梁

In OpenDRIVE, bridges are represented by the <bridge> element within the <objects> element.

在OpenDRIVE中,桥梁用 <objects>元素中的<bridge>元素来表示。

Attributes 属性

t_road_objects_bridge

Bridges are modeled as objects in OpenDRIVE. Bridges are valid for the whole cross section of a road unless a lane validity record with further restrictions is provided as child element.

桥梁在OpenDRIVE中是作为物体被建模的。除非一个有着更多限制的车道有效性元素被作为子级使用,否则桥梁对整个道路横截面均有效。

Table/表 62. Attributes of the bridge element 桥梁元素的属性

attributes
属性

name
名称

type
类型

unit
单位

value

Description
描述

s

t_grEqZero

m [0;∞[

s-coordinate

s坐标

length

t_grEqZero

m [0;∞[

Length of the bridge (in s-direction)

桥梁的长度(在s方向中)

name

string

Name of the bridge. May be chosen freely.

桥梁的名称,可(may)随意选择

id

string

Unique ID within database

ID在数据库是唯一的

type

e_bridgeType

concrete; steel; brick; wood

Type of bridge. For values see UML Model.

桥梁的类型;关于值请参见UML模型

XML example XML示例

<objects>
    <bridge
        s="50.0 "
        length="100.0"
        name="ExampleBridge"
        id="1"
        type="concrete" />
</objects>

Rules 规则

The following rules apply to bridge elements:

  • Bridges may be restricted to certain lanes, using the <laneValidity> element.

  • The @type of the bridge shall be specified.

以下规则适用于桥梁元素:

  • 通过使用 <laneValidity> 元素,桥梁可(may)限定于特定车道。

  • 桥梁的 @type 必须(shall)被详细说明。

Related topics 相关内容

  • Bridges

  • Road cross section

  • Lane validity

  • 桥梁

  • 道路横截面

  • 车道有效性

12. Signals 标志

Signals are traffic signs, traffic lights, and specific road marking for the control and regulation of road traffic, as shown in figure 95.

如图95所示,标志是指交通标志、交通灯以及为控制和规范道路交通所设的路标。

img95
Figure 95. Signals in OpenDRIVE 图95. OpenDRIVE中的标志

Signals have different functions and properties:

  • They are used to control traffic behavior, for example, with speed limits and turn restrictions, and to alert road traffic about dangerous situations.

  • They can be static or dynamic. Static signals, like stop signs, do not change their meaning. Dynamic signals, like traffic lights, may change their meaning during the simulation. Their state may be defined in OpenSCENARIO.

标志具备不同的功能和属性:

  • 标志用于控制交通行为,例如限速和转弯限制。除此之外,它们还用于警示道路交通路上的危险情况。

  • 它们可以是静态或动态的,例如停车标识这样的静态标志并不会改变其传递信息。而例如交通灯等动态标志可(may)在仿真过程中改变其传递信息,它们的状态均可(may)在OpenSCENARIO中得到定义。

Signals shall be placed in relation to a specific road. The position of the signal is described relative to the road reference line, using the s- and t- coordinates. Signals shall be positioned in such a way that it is clear to which road or lane they belong and where their validity starts. Ambiguity about their interpretation shall be avoided.

必须(shall)根据特定的道路对标志进行放置,并通过使用s和t坐标相对于道路参考线对标志的位置进行描述。标志的放置方式必须能够清晰显示出标志所属哪条道路或车道以及它们的生效点。此外,必须(shall)要避免模糊的诠释。

Traffic rules are different for each country. The country of the signal is specified in the attribute @country. When placing signals in OpenDRIVE, country-specific legislation and traffic rules should be considered. Legislative changes are indicated by the year when the rules come into force.

每个国家的交通规则都有所不同,由此属性@country将用于详细说明标志的所属国。在OpenDRIVE中放置标志时,应(should)考虑各国不同的法律和交通规则。规则生效的年份用于标明法律的更改情况。

Height and width of a signal are not required but are recommended for proper representation of the signal.

标志的高度和宽度不是必须存在的,但为能恰当地描述标志,建议使用高度和宽度。

Road marks, that are not binding to traffic, are not defined as signals, but only as objects.

若路标没有与交通绑定,则不能将它定义为标志,此类路标只会被定义为物体。

A signal with the attributes @type and @subtype is only unique in combination with @country and @countryRevision.

带有属性@type和@subtype的标志只有与@country和@countryRevision相结合时才具有唯一性。

img96
Figure 96. Width and height for signal 图96. 标志的宽度和高度

In OpenDRIVE, signals are represented by the <signals> element within the <road> element.

在OpenDRIVE中,标志用 <road> 元素里的 <signals> 元素来表示。

img97
Figure 97. UML model for signals 图97. 标志的UML模型

Attributes 属性

t_road_signals

The <signals> element is the container for all signals along a road.

<signals> 元素是包含所有沿路标志的容器。

t_road_signals_signal

Used to provide information about signals along a road. Consists of a main element and an optional lane validity element. The tag for a signal is <signal>.

该属性用于提供沿道路标志的信息,它由一个主元素和一个可选车道有效性元素所组成。标志的标签是 <signal>

Table/表 63. Attributes of the signal element 标志元素的属性

attributes
属性

name
名称

type
类型

unit
单位

value

Description
描述

s

t_grEqZero

m

[0;∞[

s-coordinate

s坐标

t

double

m

]-∞;∞[

t-coordinate

t坐标

id

string

Unique ID of the signal within the OpenDRIVE file

标志在OpenDRIVE文件中的唯一性ID

name

string

Name of the signal. May be chosen freely.

标志的名称;可(may)被任意选择。

dynamic

t_yesNo

yes; no

Indicates whether the signal is dynamic or static. Example: traffic light is dynamic

标明了标志是动态还是静态的。示例:交通灯是动态的。

orientation

e_orientation

+; -; none

"" = valid in positive s- direction + "-" = valid in negative s- direction + "none" = valid in both directions

"" =在正s方向有效
"-" =在负s方向有效
"none" =在两个方向均有效

zOffset

double

m

]-∞;∞[

z offset from the road to bottom edge of the signal. This represents the vertical clearance of the object. Relative to the reference line.

从道路到标志底部边缘产生的z偏移;同时也是物体的垂直间隙;且相对于参考线。

country

e_countryCode

Country code of the road, see ISO 3166-1, alpha-2 codes.

道路的国家代码,见ISO 3166-1, alpha-2 代码。

countryRevision

string

type

string

-1; none

Type identifier according to country code or "-1" / "none". See extra document.

根据国家代码而定的类型标识符或"-1" / "none"。参见其他另外文件。

subtype

string

Subtype identifier according to country code or "-1" / "none"

根据国家代码而定的子类型标识符或"-1" / "none"

value

double

Value of the signal, if value is given, unit is mandatory

标志的值;若值已被给定,则必须搭配单位来使用。

unit

e_unit

Unit of @value

@value的单位

height

t_grEqZero

m

[0;∞[

Height of the signal, measured from bottom edge of the signal.

标志的高度,从标志底部边缘开始测量

width

t_grEqZero

m

[0;∞[

Width of the signal

标志的宽度

text

string

Additional text associated with the signal, for example, text on city limit "City\nBadAibling"

与标志相关的附加文本,如关于城市边界的文本为"City\nBadAibling"

hOffset

double

rad

]-∞;∞[

Heading offset of the signal (relative to @orientation, if orientation is equal to "" or "-") Heading offset of the signal (relative to reference line, if orientation is equal to "none" )

标志的航向角/偏航角偏移(若方向等同于""或"-",则相对于@orientation);若方向等同于"none",标志的航向角/偏航角偏移则相对于参考线

pitch

double

rad

]-∞;∞[

Pitch angle of the signal, relative to the inertial system (xy-plane)

标志的俯仰角度,相对于惯性系(xy平面)

roll

double

rad

]-∞;∞[

Roll angle of the signal after applying pitch, relative to the inertial system (x´´y´´-plane)

标志在采用俯仰角后的横摆角/翻滚角角度,相对于惯性系(x´´y´´平面)

XML example XML示例

<signals>
    <signal>
        s="3981.4158159146"
        t="-14.0503"
        id="5000162"
        name="Vorschriftzeichen"
        dynamic="no"
        orientation="+"
        zOffset="3.8835"
        country="DE"
        countryRevision="2017"
        type="274"
        subtype="100"
        value="100"
        unit="km/h"
        height="0.77"
        width="0.77"
        hOffset="0.0"
    <signal/>
</signals>

Rules 规则

The following rules apply to signals:

  • Signals shall have a specific type and subtype.

  • If present, signals shall be used in priority to other traffic rules.

  • A country code shall be added to refer to country-specific rules using the @country attribute.

  • The year the traffic rules come into force may be specified in the @countryRevision attribute.

  • Signals may be valid for one direction or both directions.

  • Signals may be dynamic or static.

以下规则适用于标志:

  • 标志必须(shall)有具体的类型和子类型。

  • 若已有标志存在,标志必须(shall)优先于其他交通规则得到使用。

  • 必须(shall)使用@country属性添加国家代码来指代各国特定的规则。

  • 可(may)使用属性@countryRevision来说明交通规则的生效年份。

  • 标志可(may)对单一方向或两个方向有效。

  • 标志可(may)为动态或静态。

Related topics 相关内容

  • Roads

  • Signal positioning

  • SControllers

  • 道路

  • 标志放置

  • 控制器

12.1. Lane validity for signals 针对标志的车道有效性

By default, signals are valid for all lanes of a road. Lane validity offers the possibility to restrict the validity of a signal to specific lanes only.

标志默认为对一条道路上的所有车道均有效。借助车道有效性,则可以将标志的有效性限定于某特定车道。

In figure 98, signals in the shape of a road mark specify the speed limit of different lanes.

标志在图98中以路标的形状出现,并规定了不同车道的限速。

img98
Figure 98. Lanes with signals in the shape of road marks 图98. 带有(路标形状)标志的车道

In OpenDRIVE, lane validity is represented by the <validity> element within the <signal> element.

在OpenDRIVE中,车道有效性用 <signal> 元素里的 <validity> 元素来表示。

Rules 规则

The following rules apply to validity elements:

  • A signal may be valid for one or more lanes.

以下规则适用于有效性元素:

  • 一个标志可(may)对一条或多条车道有效。

Related topics 相关内容

  • Signals

  • Signal dependency

  • Signal positioning

  • 标志

  • 标志依赖

  • 标志放置

12.2. Signal dependency 标志依赖

Signal dependency means that one signal controls the output of another signal. For example, warning lights can be automatically turned on, when a traffic light goes red.

标志依赖指的是一个标志对另外一个标志输出的控制。例如,当交通灯变红时,警示灯可以(can)自动开启。

img99
Figure 99. lane and type specific speed limit 图99. 特定于车道以及类型的限速

Rules regarding the type of dependency are defined in the application and are not stored in OpenDRIVE.

关于依赖类型的规则在应用中得到定义,并不存储在OpenDRIVE中。

In OpenDRIVE, signal dependency is represented by the <dependency> element within the <signal> element.

在OpenDRIVE中,标志依赖用 <signal> 元素里的 <dependency> 元素来表示。

Attributes 属性

t_road_signals_signal_dependency

Signal dependency means that one signal controls the output of another signal. A signal may have multiple dependency elements.

标志依赖指的是一个标志控制着另外一个标志的输出。一个标志可(may)有多个依赖元素。

Table/表 64. Attributes of the dependency element 依赖元素的属性

attributes
属性

name
名称

type
类型

unit
单位

value

Description
描述

id

string

ID of the controlled signal

被控制标志的ID

type

string

Type of the dependency, Free text, depending on application

依赖类型;根据应用而定的自由文本

XML example XML示例

<signals>
  <signal
	s="50.0"
	t="-4.0" id="1"
	name="SpeedLimit60"
	dynamic="no" orientation="+"
	zOffset="1.90"
	type="274"
	country="DE"
	countryRevision="2013"
	subtype="56"
	value="60.0"
	unit="km/h"
	hOffset="0.0 "
	pitch="0.0"
	roll="0.0"
	height="0.61"
	width="0.61">
 	<dependency id="2" />
  </signal>
  <signal
	s="50.0"
	t="-4.0"
	id="2"
	name="LorriesOnly"
	dynamic="no"
	orientation="+"
	zOffset="1.56"
	type="1048"
	country="DE"
	countryRevision="2013"
	subtype="12"
	hOffset="0.0"
	pitch="0.0"
	roll="0.0"
	height="0.33"
	width="0.60">
   </signal>
</signals>

Rules 规则

The following rules apply to dependency elements:

  • A signal may have multiple dependencies.

  • The type of dependency is not specifically defined in OpenDRIVE and may be set in the application

以下规则适用于依赖元素:

  • 一个标志可(may)有多个依赖。

  • OpenDRIVE中并不具体定义依赖的类型,但可(may)在应用中对其进行设置。

Related topics 相关内容

  • Links between signals and objects

  • Controllers

  • Signals

  • 标志与物体之间的链

  • 控制器

  • 标志

OpenDRIVE offers the possibility to link a signal to an object or another signal.

通过OpenDRIVE可以将标志与物体或另一标志连接起来。

References to signals and objects are defined within the <signal> element and not the superordinate <signals> element. It is valid for the specific signal only. The type of linkage depends on the application and is not defined within OpenDRIVE.

对标志和物体的引用将在 <signal> 元素中(而非上位<signals>元素中)得到定义,这仅对特定标志有效。连接的类型将根据应用而定,OpenDRIVE并不对其进行定义。

Rules regarding the type of dependency are defined in the application and are not stored in OpenDRIVE.

关于依赖类型的规则将在应用中得到定义,其并不存储在OpenDRIVE中。

In OpenDRIVE, signal dependency is represented by the <dependency> element within the <signal> element.

在OpenDRIVE中,标志依赖用 <signal> 元素里的 <dependency> 元素来表示。

Another example is shown in figure 98. A speed limit is described as road mark object but referenced as a signal.

图98中展示了另一示例。该示例中,限速被描述为路标物体的同时,其也作为标志被引用。

In OpenDRIVE, signal reference is represented by the <reference> element within the <signal> element.

在OpenDRIVE中,标志引用用<signal>元素里的<reference>元素来表示。

Attributes 属性

t_road_signals_signal_reference

Provides a means to link a signal to a series of other elements (for example, objects and signals).

该属性提供将标志与一系列其他元素(如物体和标志)连接起来的方法。

Table/表 65. Attributes of the reference element 引用元素的属性

attributes
属性

name
名称

type
类型

unit
单位

value

Description
描述

elementType

e_road_signals_signal_reference_elementType

object; signal

Type of the linked element, For values see UML Model

被连接元素的类型,关于值请参见UML模型。

elementId

string

ID of the controlled signal

被控制标志的ID

type

string

Type of the dependency, Free text, depending on application

依赖类型;根据应用而定的自由文本。

XML example XML示例

See Example file Ex_Crosswalk.xodr

Rules 规则

The following rules apply to signal reference elements:

  • A signal may be linked to an object or another signal.

以下规则适用于标志引用元素:

  • 一个标志可(may)与物体或另一标志进行连接。

Related topics 相关内容

  • Objects

  • Signals

  • 物体

  • 标志

12.4. Signal positioning 标志放置

A signal should be placed next to the road for which it is valid, enabling the application to identify the signals validity. This is called the logical position of a signal. The s-position of the signal describes the position on the road where the signal takes effect.

标志应(should)被放置在使其有效的道路旁,从而使应用可以识别到标志的有效性。该位置被称为标志的逻辑位置。标志的s位置描述了道路上标志生效的位置。

In certain situations, physical and logical position of a signal are different, as shown in figure 100. OpenDRIVE offers two possibilities to describe the physical deviation of a signal. The possibilities are mutually exclusive. The positioning of the signal has no influence on its content.

  • A signal may be positioned at another physical position that is described with a reference line coordinate system.
    A signal whose physical position deviates from its logical position is represented by the <positionRoad> element within the <signal> element. That means, the ID of the specified road is referenced, together with the s- and t-coordinates of the road.+ Examples are different positions of stop signs and stop lines.

  • A signal may be positioned at another physical position that is described with an inertial coordinate system. A signal whose physical position deviates from its logical position and is positioned using inertial coordinates is represented by the <positionInertial> element within the <signal> element.
    Inertial coordinates are used, for example, if the signal is not placed next to a road, but on the other side of the street or hanging over a junction.

在某些情况下,标志的物理位置和逻辑位置是不同的(如图100所示)。OpenDRIVE提供了互相排斥的、用于描述标志物理偏差的两种可行方式。标志的放置对其内容并不产生影响。

  • 标志可(may)可被置于由参考线坐标系描述的另一物理位置上。
    物理位置偏离了逻辑位置的标志用<signal>元素里的 <positionRoad> 元素来表示。这意味着特定道路的ID与道路的s和t坐标将一同被引用,比如停车标志和停车线的不同位置。

  • 标志可(may)被置于由惯性坐标系描述的另一物理位置上。当标志的物理位置偏离了逻辑位置,并且通过惯性坐标系来对其进行放置时,此类标志可用 <signal> 元素里的 <positionRoad> 元素来表示。
    当标志不被置于道路旁而是放置在道路另一侧、或者交叉口上方时,惯性坐标系便会得以使用。

img100
Figure 100. Junction with signals at physical and logical positions 图100.交叉口包含了在物理以及逻辑位置上的标志
img101
Figure 101. UML Model Physical Position 图101. 物理位置的UML模型

Attributes 属性

t_road_signals_signal_positionInertial

Describes the reference point of the physical position in inertial coordinates in cases where it deviates from the logical position. Defines the inertial position.

该属性描述了在物理位置与逻辑位置有偏差时,物理位置参考点在惯性坐标上的位置。它定义了惯性位置。

Table/表 66. Attributes of the positionInertial element positionInertial元素的属性

attributes
属性

name
名称

type
类型

unit
单位

value

Description
描述

x

double

m

]-∞;∞[

x-coordinate

x坐标

y

double

m

]-∞;∞[

y-coordinate

y坐标

z

double

m

]-∞;∞[

z-coordinate

z坐标

hdg

double

rad

]-∞;∞[

Heading of the signal, relative to the inertial system

相对于惯性系的标志航向角/偏航角

pitch

double

rad

]-∞;∞[

Pitch angle of the signal after applying heading, relative to the inertial system (x’y’-plane)

标志在采用航向角/偏航角后的俯仰角度,相对于惯性系(x’y’平面)

roll

double

rad

]-∞;∞[

Roll angle of the signal after applying heading and pitch, relative to the inertial system (x’’y’’-plane)

标志在采用航向角/偏航角和俯仰角后的横摆角/翻滚角度,相对于惯性系(x’’y’’平面)

t_road_signals_signal_positionRoad

Describes the reference point of the physical position road coordinates in cases where it deviates from the logical position. Defines the position on the road.

该属性描述了在物理位置偏离了逻辑位置时,物理位置参考点的道路坐标。它定义了道路上的位置。

Table/表 67. Attributes of the positionRoad element positionRoad元素的属性

attributes
属性

name
名称

type
类型

unit
单位

value

Description
描述

roadId

string

Unique ID of the referenced road

被引用道路的唯一性ID

s

t_grEqZero

m

[0;∞[

s-coordinate

s坐标

t

double

m

]-∞;∞[

t-coordinate

t坐标

zOffset

double

m

]-∞;∞[

z offset from road level to bottom edge of the signal

从道路水平到标志底部边缘产生的z偏移

hOffset

double

rad

]-∞;∞[

Heading offset of the signal (relative to @orientation)

标志的航向角/偏航角偏移(相对于@orientation)

pitch

double

rad

]-∞;∞[

Pitch angle of the signal after applying hOffset, relative to the inertial system (x’y’-plane)

标志采用hOffset后的俯仰角度,相对于惯性系(x’y’平面)

roll

double

rad

]-∞;∞[

Roll angle of the signal after applying hOffset and pitch, relative to the inertial system (x’’y’’-plane)

标志采用hOffset后的横摆角/翻滚角度,相对于惯性系(x’’y’’平面)

XML example XML示例

UC_LHT-Complex-TrafficLights.xodr

Rules 规则

The following rules apply to signal positioning:

  • Signals should be placed next to the road for which they are valid.

  • The physical position of signals may deviate from their logical position.

以下规则适用于标志放置:

  • 标志应在(should)被放置在为其有效的道路旁。

  • 标志的物理位置可(may)偏离其逻辑位置。

Related topics 相关内容

  • Signals

  • Signals and land validity

  • 标志

  • 标志及区域有效性

12.5. Reuse of signal information 标志信息的复用

OpenDRIVE offers the possibility to copy signal information between signals by referencing the signal content. This convenience option avoids inconsistencies when positioning multiple signals of the same type and content. For the signal with copied content, it shall be specified for which direction of the road the signal applies. Signals may be valid for multiple roads at once, typically in a junction. Signals references may be used to attach the physical signal logical to several roads (e.g. traffic lights).

通过对标志的内容进行引用,可在OpenDRIVE中对标志之间的标志信息进行复制。这一快捷选项避免了放置多个类型和内容相同的标志时可能会产生的冲突。若标志已包含复制内容,则必须(shall)特别说明该标志适用于道路的哪个方向。标志可(may)同时对多条道路有效,这情况通常发生在交叉口。标志引用可(may)用于将物理标志以逻辑的方式附加在多条道路上(如交通灯)。

Corresponding to the <signal> element, a signal with copied content may be supplemented with lane validity. This enables to include or exclude certain lanes from the validity range of the signal.

<signal> 元素相对应,车道有效性可(may)用于对含有复制内容的标志进行补充,由此能够从标志的有效性范围内包括或排除一些特定车道。

An example of a signal with copied content is a speed limit signal positioned at an incoming road to a junction. The signal is valid for every connection road inside the junction. Signals on the connection road may reference and copy the signal content. This ensures that all signals follow the same speed limit.

置于通往交叉口的一条来路上的限速标志作为含有复制内容的标志的一个示例,该标志对交叉口内每条连接道路均有效。连接道路上的标志会(may)引用和复制标志内容,从而确保所有标志都遵循同样的限速规则。

In OpenDRIVE, a reference to another signal for reuse of signal information is represented by the <signalReference> element within the <signal> element.

在OpenDRIVE中,出于复用标志信息目的而对另一标志进行的引用用 <signal> 元素里的<signalReference>元素来表示。

img102
Figure 102. UML Model Signal Reference 图102. 标志引用的UML模型

Attributes 属性

t_road_signals_signalReference

Refers to the same, that is, identical signal from multiple roads.

该属性引用了来自多条道路的相同标志。

The referenced signals require a unique ID. The <signalReference> element consists of a main element and an optional lane validity element.

被引用的标志需要一个唯一的ID。 <signalReference> 元素由一个主元素和一个可选的车道有效性元素组成。

Table/表 68. Attributes of the signalReference element signalReference元素的属性

attributes
属性

name
名称

type
类型

unit
单位

value

Description
描述

x

double

m

]-∞;∞[

x-coordinate

x坐标

y

double

m

]-∞;∞[

y-coordinate

y坐标

id

string

Unique ID of the referenced signal within the database

引用标志在数据库中的唯一性ID

orientation

e_orientation

+; -; none

"" = valid in positive s- direction + "-" = valid in negative s- direction + "none" = valid in both directions

"" = 在正s方向有效

"-" = 在负s方向有效

"none" = 在两个方向均有效

Rules 规则

The following rules apply for the purpose of reusing signal information:

  • A lane validity element may be added for every <signalReference> element.

  • Signal reference shall be used for signals only.

  • For the signal that reuses the content of another signal, the direction for which it is valid shall be specified.

以下规则适用于复用标志信息用途:

  • 可(may)为每个<signalReference>元素添加一个车道有效性元素。

  • 标志引用只能(shall)为标志所用。

  • 对于复用其他标志内容的标志,必须(shall)特别规定标志有效的方向。

Related topics 相关内容

  • Lane validity

  • Signals

  • Signal positioning

  • 车道有效性

  • 标志

  • 标志放置

12.6. Controllers 控制器

Controllers provides identical states for one or more dynamic signals. Controllers serve as wrappers for the behavior of a group of signals. Controllers are used for dynamic speed control on motorways, and to control traffic light switching phases.

控制器为一个或多个动态标志提供相同的状态,是标志组行为的包裹容器。控制器用于对高速公路上的动态速度以及交通灯切换相位进行控制。

Different from signal dependency, controllers are high-level elements that do not depend on other signals.

与标志依赖不同,控制器作为高级元素并不依赖于其他标志。

Additional content for controllers, such as traffic light phases, is stored outside the OpenDRIVE file.

控制器的附加内容(如交通灯相位)存储在OpenDRIVE文件之外。

img103
Figure 103. Junction with four traffic lights, controlled by two controllers 图103.交叉口的四个交通灯由两个控制器进行控制

In OpenDRIVE, controllers are represented by the <controller> element within the <OpenDRIVE> element.

在OpenDRIVE中,控制器用 <OpenDRIVE> 元素里的 <controller> 元素来表示。

The ID of the referenced signal is stored in the <control> element within the <controller> element.

被引用标志的ID存储在 <controller> 元素的 <control> 元素中。

img104
Figure 104. UML Model Controller 图104. 控制器的UML模型

Attributes 属性

t_controller

Controllers provides identical states for one or more dynamic signals. Controllers serve as wrappers for the behaviour of a group of signals. Controllers are used for dynamic speed control on motorways, and to control traffic light switching phases.

控制器为一个或多个动态标志提供相同状态,它是标志组行为的包裹容器。控制器用于对高速公路上的动态速度以及交通灯切换相位进行控制。

Table/表 69. Attributes of the controller element of a signal 标志的控制器元素属性

attributes
属性

name
名称

type
类型

unit
单位

value

Description
描述

id

string

Unique ID within database

数据库中的唯一性ID

name

string

Name of the controller. May be chosen freely.

控制器的名称;可(may)自由选择。

sequence

nonNegativeInteger

[0;∞[

Sequence number (priority) of this controller with respect to other controllers of same logical level

根据其他配有相同逻辑水平控制器得出的该控制器的序列号(优先)

t_controller_control

Provides information about a single signal controlled by the corresponding controller.

该属性提供了被相应控制器控制的单一标志信息。

Table/表 70. Attributes of the control element 控制元素的属性

attributes
属性

name
名称

type
类型

unit
单位

value

Description
描述

SignalId

string

ID of the controlled signal

被控制标志的ID

type

string

Type of control. Free Text, depends on the application.

控制类型;根据应用而定的自由文本

XML Examples XML示例

UC_Simple-X-Junction-TrafficLights.xodr

Rules 规则

The following rules apply to controllers:

  • Controllers shall be valid for one or more signals.

以下规则适用于控制器:

  • 控制器必须(shall)对一个或多个标志有效。

Related topics 相关内容

  • Signal dependency

  • Controllers for junctions

  • Signals

  • 标志依赖

  • 针对交叉口的控制器

  • 标志

13. Railroads 铁路

In addition to roads, OpenDRIVE offers the possibility to model rail-based transport systems, that is, trams and streetcars. OpenDRIVE cannot be used for complex railway networks and railway signals. OpenDRIVE describes rail networks only where roads and rails meet. In OpenDRIVE, railroads are represented by the <railroad> element within the <road> element.

除了道路,OpenDRIVE还可对轨道交通系统(即电车以及轻轨电车)进行建模。OpenDRIVE不能(cannot)用于复杂的轨道网络和轨道标志,它只描述道路与轨道相交之处的轨道网络。在OpenDRIVE中,铁路用<road>元素里的 <railroad> 元素来表示。

img105
Figure 105. UML Model Railroad 图105. 铁路的UML模型

Rules 规则

The following rules apply to railroads:

  • Each railway track requires one road.

以下规则适用于铁路:

  • 每条铁路都需要一条道路。

Related topics 相关内容

  • Railroad tracks

  • Switches

  • Stations

  • 铁轨

  • 转辙器

  • 车站

13.1. Railroad tracks 铁轨

In OpenDRIVE, rails are always described in connection with the roads on which one pair of rails run. It is not possible to define rails outside roads. Regard less of a tram or sharing the same space with none railway traffic or separate of none railway traffic, it always needs a separate road.

在OpenDRIVE中,对铁轨的描述向来是针对铺设着一对铁轨的道路而进行的,因此无法脱离道路来对铁轨进行定义。无论涉及的是一列电车,或共享无轨道交通的空间,亦或是分离无轨道交通,均需要定义一条单独的道路。

Rails are defined per lane using the @type attribute. Because rail-based traffic differs from road traffic, the following recommendations apply to the modeling of railroads: Figure 106 shows the difference between the use of the reference line for roads and railroads.

通过@type属性,根据每条车道来定义铁轨。由于轨道交通与道路交通有所不同,以下建议适用于铁轨建模:图106展示了对道路和铁路使用参考线的区别。

img106
Figure 106. Reference lines for roads and railroads 图106.针对道路和铁路的参考线

In OpenDRIVE, railroad tracks are represented by the @type attribute within the <lane> element. The values for railroad tracks are tram and rail.

在OpenDRIVE中,铁轨用<lane>元素里的@type属性来表示。铁路的值为电车和铁轨。

Rules 规则

The following rules apply to railroads:

  • The reference line must be in the center of the pair of rails.

  • There is only one tram xor one rail lane per road.

  • The Width of the lane must be at least the width rail-bound vehicles

以下规则适用于铁路:

  • 参考线必须(must)在铁轨对的中心。

  • 每条道路只有一列电车异或一条铁轨车道。

  • 车道的宽度必须(must)至少是有轨车辆的宽度。

Related topics 相关内容

  • Railroads

  • Switches

  • 铁路

  • 转辙器

13.2. Switches 转辙器

Rail-bound vehicles use switches to change their tracks. In contrast to junctions, a switch can guide the vehicles into two directions only.

有轨车辆使用转辙器来改变它们的轨道。与交叉口相反,转辙器只能(can)将车辆往两个方向引导。

There are two different types of switches:

  • Dynamic switches split the railroad track in two tracks leading in two directions. Dynamic switches can be changed during the simulation.

  • Static switches split the railroad track in two tracks leading in two directions. Static switches cannot be changed during the simulation.

以下介绍了两种不同类型的转辙器:

  • 动态转辙器将铁轨拆分成指向两个方向的两条轨道。动态转辙器可(can)在仿真过程中被改变。

  • 静态转辙器将铁轨拆分成指向两个方向的两条轨道。静态转辙器在仿真过程中不能被改变。

Switches may be placed at an arbitrary position on a main track.

转辙器可(may)被放置在主轨道任意位置上。

Figure 107 shows two partnered switches (12 and 32). A side track (2) connects two main tracks (1 and 3).

图107展示了两个搭档转辙器(12和32)。A边轨道(2)连接两条主轨道(1和3)。

img107
Figure 107. Railroad switches 图107.铁路转辙器

In OpenDRIVE, switches are represented by the <switch> element within the <railroad> element.

在OpenDRIVE中,转辙器用 <railroad> 元素里的 <switch> 元素来表示。

Attributes 属性

t_road_railroad_switch
Table/表 71. Attributes of the switch element

attributes
属性

name
名称

type
类型

unit
单位

value

Description
描述

name

string

Unique name of the switch

转辙器的唯一性名称

id

string

Unique ID of the switch; preferably an integer number, see uint32_t

转辙器的唯一性ID;最好为整数,请见uint32_t

position

e_road_railroad_switch_position

Either a switch can be operated (dynamic) or it is in a static position. For values see UML Model

转辙器是可操作的(动态),或处在静态位置。关于值请看UML模型

XML Examples XML示例

<railroad>
    <switch name="ExampleSwitch12" id="12" position="dynamic">
        <mainTrack id="1" s="1.0000000000000000e+01" dir="+"/>
        <sideTrack id="2" s="0.0000000000000000e+00" dir="+"/>
        <partner name="ExampleSwitch32" id="32"/>
    </switch>
</railroad>

Rules 规则

The following rules apply to switches:

  • A switch may be either dynamic or static.

以下规则适用于转辙器:

  • 转辙器可(may)为动态或静态。

Related topics 相关内容

  • Railroad track

  • Main Track

  • Side Track

  • Partner Switch

  • 铁轨

  • 主轨道

  • 次轨道

  • 搭档转辙器

13.2.1. Main track 主轨道

A main track represents the main course for rail bound traffic. A main track has the same properties as a side track. The two track types have been implemented as a convenience function to simplify the modeling of tracks entering and coming out of switches.

主轨道代表轨道交通的主要线路。主轨道与次轨道有相同的属性。两种轨道类型将作为一个便捷函数来执行,以简化对轨道进入以及离开转辙器过程的建模。

For a picture, see figure 107

请参见图107。

In OpenDRIVE, main tracks are represented by the <mainTrack> element within the <switch> element.

在OpenDRIVE中,主轨道用 <switch> 元素里的 <mainTrack> 元素来表示。

Attributes 属性

t_road_railroad_switch_mainTrack
Table/表 72. Attributes of the mainTrack element mainTrack元素的属性

attributes
属性

name
名称

type
类型

unit
单位

value

Description
描述

id

string

Unique ID of the main track, that is, the <road> element. Must be consistent with parent containing this <railroad> element.

主轨道的唯一性ID,即<road>元素。必须(must)与包含此<railroad>元素的父级一致。

s

t_grEqZero

m

[0;∞[

s-coordinate of the switch, that is, the point where main track and side track meet

转辙器的s坐标,即主轨道与次轨道的交点。

position

e_elementDir

+; -

direction, relative to the s-direction, on the main track for entering the side track via the switch

方向,相对于s方向,位于主轨道上,目的则是为通过转辙器进入次轨道时指引方向

Rules 规则

The following rules apply to main tracks:

  • Main tracks shall not be used to connect two switches.

以下规则适用于主轨道:

  • 主轨道不能(shall)用于连接两个转辙器。

Related topics 相关内容

  • Side Track

  • Partner Switch

  • 次轨道

  • 搭档转辙器

13.2.2. Side track 次轨道

A side track connects two switches that are placed on main tracks. A side track has the same properties as a main track. The two track types have been implemented as convenience function to simplify the modeling of tracks entering and coming out of switches.

次轨道连接了置于主轨上的两个转辙器,次轨与主轨有相同的属性。两种轨道类型将被作为一个便捷函数来执行,以简化对轨道驶入以及驶出转辙器过程的建模。

For a picture, see figure 107

请参见107图片

In OpenDRIVE, side tracks are represented by the <sideTrack> element within the <switch> element.

在OpenDRIVE中,次轨道用 <switch> 元素里的 <sideTrack> 元素来表示。

Attributes 属性

t_road_railroad_switch_sideTrack
Table/表 73. Attributes of the sideTrack element sideTrack元素的属性

attributes
属性

name
名称

type
类型

unit
单位

value

Description
描述

id

string

Unique ID of the side track, that is, the <road> element

次轨道的唯一性ID,即<road>元素

s

t_grEqZero

m

[0;∞[

s-coordinate of the switch on the side track

次轨上转辙器的s坐标

position

e_elementDir

+; -

direction, relative to the s-direction, on the side track for after entering it via the switch

方向,相对于s方向,位于次轨道上,为通过转辙器进入次轨道后指引方向

Rules 规则

The following rules apply to side tracks:

  • Side tracks shall be used to link two switches only.

以下规则适用于次轨道:

  • 次轨道只能(shall)用于连接两个转辙器。

Related topics 相关内容

  • Main track

  • Partner switch

  • 主轨道

  • 搭档转辙器

13.2.3. Partner switches 搭档转辙器

For convenience reasons, two switches may be declared partner switches. This describes a connection between two switches that are linked by a side track. These two switches need to be set consistently.

出于方便使用的考虑,两个转辙器可(may)被声明为搭档转辙器。它描述了两个被一条次轨连接的转辙器之间的关系。这两个转辙器的设置需保持连贯一致。

For a picture, see figure 107. Here switches 12 and 32 are partner switches

参见图107,此处的12和32为搭档转辙器。

In OpenDRIVE, partner switches are represented by the <partner> element within the <switch> element.

在OpenDRIVE中,搭档转辙器用 <switch> 元素里的 <partner> 元素来表示。

Attributes 属性

t_road_railroad_switch_partner

Indicates the switch that leads out of a side track after it has been entered.

该属性标识了用于在进入次轨之后,又将从次轨上转离的转辙器。

Table/表 74. Attributes of the partner element 搭档元素的属性

attributes
属性

name
名称

type
类型

unit
单位

value

Description
描述

name

string

Unique name of the partner switch

搭档转辙器的唯一性名称

id

string

Unique id of the partner switch

搭档转辙器的唯一性ID

Rules 规则

The following rules apply to partner switches:

  • Partner switches shall be used to indicate that a side track links two switches.

  • Single switches do not have partner switches.

以下规则适用于搭档转辙器:

  • 搭档转辙器必须(shall)用于对一条次轨道连接两个转辙器这个情况进行标识。

  • 单个转辙器并不拥有搭档转辙器。

Related topics 相关内容

  • Main track

  • Partner switch

  • 主轨道

  • 搭档转辙器

13.3. Stations 车站

Rail-bound vehicles like trams need stations for people to get on and off. Each station shall have at least one platform, which may be further divided into segments. The platforms determine the physical extent of a station.

电车等有轨车辆需要车站以供人们上下车。每个车站都必须(shall)至少有一个站台,站台可进一步地被分成几个段,它决定了车站的物理延展部分。

The <station> element may also be used for bus stations.

<station>元素也可(may)用于公车站。

Figure 108 shows two scenarios for stations:

  • In the first scenario, one platform is referenced by the roads 1 and 3, running in different driving directions. The platform consists of one segment only.

  • In the second scenario, platform 1 is referenced by road 3 only. Platform 2 is referenced by road 1 and 2. Platform 2 is split into two segments.

图108展示了车站的两个场景:

  • 在第一个场景中,一个站台被道路1和3引用,指向不同的行驶方向。该站台只由一个段组成。

  • 在第二个场景中,站台1只被道路3引用。站台2则被道路1和2引用。站台2被分为两个段。

img108
Figure 108. Railroad stations 图108. 铁路车站

In OpenDRIVE, stations are represented by the <station> element within the <OpenDRIVE> element.

在OpenDRIVE中,车站用 <OpenDRIVE> 元素里的 <station> 元素来表示。

img109
Figure 109. UML Model Station 图109. 车站的UML模型

Attributes 属性

t_station

Defines stations for tram and railroad applications and for automotive environments. May refer to multiple tracks and is therefore defined on the same level as junctions.

该属性定义了电车和铁路应用及车辆环境的车站,可(may)引用多条轨道,因此它将在与交叉口的同层级中得到定义。

Table/表 75. Attributes of the station element 车站元素的属性

attributes
属性

name
名称

type
类型

unit
单位

value

Description
描述

name

string

Unique name of the station

车站的唯一性名称

id

string

Unique ID within database

数据库中的唯一性ID

type

e_station_type

small; medium; large

Type of station. Free text, depending on the application. e.g.: small, medium, large

车站类型;根据应用而定的自由文本,例如:small, medium, large

XML example XML示例

Ex_Railway-station.xodr

Rules 规则

The following rules apply to stations:

  • A <station> element shall be followed by at least one <platform> element.

  • The type of the station may be further specialized by the @type attribute. The values are stored in the used application.

以下规则适用于车站:

  • 一个<station>元素后面必须(shall)跟随着至少一个<platform>元素。

  • 可(may)通过@type属性对车站的类型进行进一步规定。该值被存储在使用的应用内。

Related topics 相关内容

  • Platforms

  • Segments

  • Railroads

  • 站台

  • 铁路

13.3.1. Platforms 站台

A station shall contain at least one platform. A platform shall be referenced by one or more railroad track.

一个车站必须(shall)包含至少一个站台,而站台必须(shall)被一条或多条铁轨引用。

See picture in figure 108

请参见图108

In OpenDRIVE, railroads are represented by the <platform> element within the <station> element.

在OpenDRIVE中,铁路用<station>元素里的<platform>元素来表示。

Attributes 属性

t_station_platform

Each station element must contain at least one platform element. Each platform element must contain at least one reference to a valid track segment.

每个车站元素必须(must)包含至少一个站台元素。而每个站台元素必须(must)包含至少一个对有效轨道段的引用。

Table/表 76. Attributes of the platform element 站台元素的属性

attributes
属性

name
名称

type
类型

unit
单位

value

Description
描述

name

string

Name of the platform. May be chosen freely.

站台名称;可(may)自由选择。

id

string

Unique ID within database

数据库中的唯一性ID

Rules 规则

The following rules apply to platforms:

  • There shall be at least one platform per station.

  • A platform shall contain at least one segment.

以下规则适用于站台:

  • 每个车站都必须(shall)有至少一个站台。

  • 一个站台必须(shall)包含至少一个段。

Related topics 相关内容

  • Stations

  • Segments

  • 车站

13.3.2. Segments 段

Platforms may be further divided into segments. This is useful if a bi-directional railroad track runs along the same platform. A platform shall contain at least one segment.

站台可(may)进一步地被分成段,这对沿相同站台往两个不同方向运行的铁轨来说大有用处。一个站台必须(shall)包含至少一个段。

In OpenDRIVE, railroads are represented by the <segment> element within the <platform> element.

在OpenDRIVE中,铁路用 <platform> 元素里的 <segment> 元素来表示。

Attributes 属性

t_station_platform_segment

Each platform element is valid on one or more track segments. The <segment> element must be specified.

每个站台元素在一个或多个轨道段上有效。必须(must)对<segment>元素进行详细说明。

Table/表 77. Attributes of the segment element 段元素的属性

attributes
属性

name
名称

type
类型

unit
单位

value

Description
描述

roadId

string

Unique ID of the <road> element (track) that accompanies the platform

伴随站台的 <road> 元素(轨道)的唯一性ID

sStart

t_grEqZero

m

[0;∞[

Minimum s-coordinate on <road> element that has an adjacent platform

有邻接站台的 <road> 元素的最小s坐标

sEnd

t_grEqZero

m

[0;∞[

Maximum s-coordiante on <road> element that has an adjacent platform

有邻接站台的 <road> 元素的最大s坐标

side

e_station_platform_segment_side

left; right

Side of track on which the platform is situated when going from sStart to sEnd. For values see UML Model

从sStart到sEnd时,轨道靠近站台的一边。关于值请看UML模型

Rules 规则

The following rules apply to segments:

  • There shall be at least one segment per platform.

以下规则适用于段:

  • 每个站台都必须(shall)有至少一个段。

Related topics 相关内容

  • Stations

  • Platforms

  • 车站

  • 站台

14. List of figures 插图目录

Figure 1:

UML notation (see ISO TS 19103, Geographic information - Conceptual schema language) - UML谱(参阅ISO TS 19103,地理信息-概念模式语言)

Figure 2:

UML attribute notation - UML属性符号

Figure 3:

Relation between OpenDRIVE, OpenCRG, and OpenSCENARIO - OpenDRIVE, OpenCRG 以及 OpenSCENARIO之间的关联

Figure 4:

UML model OpenDRIVE Core - UML模型OpenDRIVE核心

Figure 5:

available coordinate systems in OpenDRIVE - OpenDRIVE中可使用的坐标系

Figure 6:

Coordinate systems in OpenDRIVE interacting with another - OpenDRIVE中坐标系之间的互动

Figure 7:

Inertial coordinate system with defined rotations - 含有旋转定义的惯性坐标系

Figure 8:

Inertial coordinate system with defined rotations - 惯性坐标系(带旋转定义)

Figure 9:

Reference line coordinate system - 参考线坐标系

Figure 10:

Reference line system with defined rotations - 参考线系(带旋转定义)

Figure 11:

Heading in reference line - 航向角/偏航角在参考线中

Figure 12:

Roll in reference line - 横摆角/翻滚角在参考线中

Figure 13:

Elevation in reference line - 在参考线中的高程

Figure 14:

Local system with defined rotations - 局部坐标系(带旋转定义)

Figure 15:

Local coordinate systems with heading, pitch, roll - 带航向角/偏航角、俯仰角和横摆角/翻滚角的局部坐标系

Figure 16:

Local coordinate system with respect to reference line system - 相对于参考线坐标系的局部坐标系

Figure 17:

Summary of coordinate system in OpenDRIVE - OpenDRIVE中坐标系总结

Figure 18:

Offset for the geoReference - 地理坐标参考偏移

Figure 19:

Geometry elements in OpenDRIVE - OpenDRIVE的几何形状元素

Figure 20:

the individual parts of a road - 一条道路的不同部分

Figure 21:

UML model Road Geometry including the Reference Line elements - 道路几何形状(包含参考线元素)UML模型

Figure 22:

A straight line - 直线

Figure 23:

Road geometry described by a spiral - 用螺旋线来描述道路几何形状

Figure 24:

Road geometry described by an arc - 用弧线来描述道路几何形状

Figure 25:

Creating a reference line from geometry elements - 从几何形状元素创建参考线

Figure 26:

A cubic polynom - 三次多项式

Figure 27:

A curve which cannot be represented by a cubic polynom w.r.t x parameter - 不能(cannot)用三次多项式w.r.t x参数来表示的曲线

Figure 28:

Transformation from a u/v- to a x/y coordinate system with a=b=0 - 从a u/v坐标系到a x/y坐标系的转变(a=b=0)

Figure 29:

Transformation from a u/v- to a x/y coordinate system with a!=0 and b!=0 - 从a u/v坐标系到a x/y坐标系的转变(a!=0 和b!=0)

Figure 30:

A parametric cubic polynom for interpolation of u coordinate - 为u坐标插值所做的参数三次多项式

Figure 31:

A parametric cubic polynom for interpolation of v coordinate - 为v坐标插值所做的参数三次多项式

Figure 32:

A parametric cubic polynom - 参数三次多项式

Figure 33:

UML Model for Roads - 用于道路的UML模型

Figure 34:

UML model for Road Geometry - 用于道路几何形状的UML模型

Figure 35:

Allowed, prohibited, and recommended road linkage - 允许、禁止以及建议的道路连接

Figure 36:

Allowed scenarios of road linkage - 可行的道路连接场景

Figure 37:

Allowed scenario of road linkage within a junction - 可行的路口内道路连接场景

Figure 38:

UML model for road linkage - 用于道路连接的UML模型

Figure 39:

Types of elevation - 高程的类型

Figure 40:

Superelevation - 超高程

Figure 41:

Minimum t-definiton range for road shapes - 道路形状最小的t-定义范围

Figure 42:

Shape definition (left) in combination with superelevation (right) - 形状定义(左边)与超高程相结合(右边)

Figure 43:

Road surface as defined in a CRG file - CRG文件中定义的道路表面

Figure 44:

positioning of an OpenCRG file along the reference line - 沿参考线放置一个OpenCRG文件

Figure 45:

OpenCRG attachement mode, attached - OpenCRG附加模式,附加

Figure 46:

OpenCRG attached mode with elevation - 具有高程的OpenCRG附加模式

Figure 47:

OpenCRG attached0 mode with elevated reference line - 具有高程的OpenCRG附加模式

Figure 48:

OpenCRG attachement mode, genuine - OpenCRG附加模式,genuine真实

Figure 49:

OpenCRG orientation - OpenCRG定向

Figure 50:

Example crossfall modelled with road shape - 使用道路形状建模的路拱例子

Figure 51:

Center lane for road with lanes of different driving directions - 拥有不同行驶方向车道的道路以及其中心车道

Figure 52:

Center lane for road with lanes of identical driving direction - 拥有相同行驶方向车道的道路以及其中心车道

Figure 53:

UML model for lanes - 车道的UML模型

Figure 54:

Lane grouping with left, center, right - 车道按左、中、右分组

Figure 55:

UML model for t_road_lanes - t_road_lanes的UML模型

Figure 56:

A road section with lane sections - 拥有车道段的路段

Figure 57:

Lane sections defined seperately for both sides of the road - 分别为道路的两侧所定义的车道段

Figure 58:

Lane offset - 车道偏移

Figure 59:

Lane links for road with id 10 - 用于id为10的道路的车道连接

Figure 60:

UML Model t_road_lanes_laneSection_lcr_lane_link - UML模型t_road_lanes_laneSection_lcr_lane_link

Figure 61:

UML model lane properties - UML模型车道属性

Figure 62:

Change of lane width per lane section - 每个车道段的车道宽度改变

Figure 63:

Lane with varying border shape - 带变化边界形状的车道

Figure 64:

Lane types for a motorway - 高速公路的车道类型

Figure 65:

Lane types for a rural road - 乡村公路的车道类型

Figure 66:

Lane types for an urban road - 城市道路的车道类型

Figure 67:

Lane types for motorway exit and entry - 高速公路入口和出口的车道类型

Figure 68:

Lane types for motorway connecting to another motorway - 两条互相连接的高速公路的车道类型

Figure 69:

Lane-specific speed limits - 特定于车道的限速

Figure 70:

Lane access, bus lane - 车道使用,公车车道

Figure 71:

Lane height - 车道高度

Figure 72:

Lanes excluded from road elevation - 车道从道路超高程中被排除出去

Figure 73:

Road marking with sway and offset - 带有横向偏移曲线(sway)和偏移的路标

Figure 74:

Types of roads in a junction (right-hand traffic) - 交叉口中的道路类型(靠右行驶)

Figure 75:

UML model for junctions - 用于交叉口的UML模型

Figure 76:

Connecting roads (left hand traffic) - 联接道路 (靠左行车交通)

Figure 77:

Example of a Virtual junction showing a parking lot entry and exit. - 虚拟交叉口的示例,其展示了停车场的入口和出口

Figure 78:

Virtual junction with virtual connections - 拥有虚拟连接的虚拟交叉口

Figure 79:

Junction group with three junctions - 拥有三个交叉口的交叉口组

Figure 80:

UML model for junction group - 用于交叉口组的UML模型

Figure 81:

X-Junction with four traffic lights and two controllers - 拥有四个交通标志灯以及两个控制器的X-交叉口

Figure 82:

UML model for controller - 用于控制器的UML模型

Figure 95:

Signals in OpenDRIVE - OpenDRIVE中的标志

Figure 96:

Width and height for signal - 标志的宽度和高度

Figure 97:

UML model for signals - 标志的UML模型

Figure 98:

Lanes with signals in the shape of road marks - 带有(路标形状)标志的车道

Figure 99:

lane and type specific speed limit - 特定于车道以及类型的限速

Figure 100:

Junction with signals at physical and logical positions - 交叉口包含了在物理以及逻辑位置上的标志

Figure 101:

UML Model Physical Position - 物理位置的UML模型

Figure 102:

UML Model Signal Reference - 标志引用的UML模型

Figure 103:

Junction with four traffic lights, controlled by two controllers - 交叉口的四个交通灯由两个控制器进行控制

Figure 104:

UML Model Controller - 控制器的UML模型

Figure 105:

UML Model Railroad - 铁路的UML模型

Figure 106:

Reference lines for roads and railroads - 针对道路和铁路的参考线

Figure 107:

Railroad switches - 铁路转辙器

Figure 108:

Railroad stations - 铁路车站

Figure 109:

UML Model Station - 车站的UML模型

15. List of tables 表格目录

Table 1:

Units 单位

Table 2:

Rules for using modal verbs 情态动词的使用规则

Table 3:

Typographical conventions 拼写惯例

Table 4:

Attributes of the OpenDRIVE element - OpenDRIVE元素的属性

Table 5:

Attributes of the header element 头文件元素属性

Table 6:

Attributes of the planView element 平面图元素属性

Table 7:

Attributes of the spiral element 螺旋线元素的属性

Table 8:

Attributes of the arc element 弧线元素的属性

Table 9:

Attributes of the poly3 element - poly3元素的属性

Table 10:

Attributes of the paramPoly3 element - paramPoly3 元素的属性

Table 11:

Attributes of the road element 道路元素的属性

Table 12:

Attributes of the road link predecessorSuccessor element 道路连接前驱以及后继元素的属性

Table 13:

Attributes of the road type element 道路类型元素的属性

Table 14:

Attributes of the road type speed element 道路类型速度元素的属性

Table 15:

Attributes of the elevation element 高程元素的属性

Table 16:

Attributes of the superelevation element 超高程元素的属性

Table 17:

Attributes of the shape element 形状元素的属性

Table 18:

Attributes of the road surface CRG element 道路表面CRG元素的属性

Table 19:

Attributes of the laneSection element - laneSection 元素的属性

Table 20:

Attributes of the laneSection center lane element - laneSection中心车道元素的属性

Table 21:

Attributes of the laneSection left lane element - laneSection左车道元素的属性

Table 22:

Attributes of the laneSection right lane element - laneSection右车道元素的属性

Table 23:

Attributes of the laneOffset element - laneOffset元素的属性

Table 24:

Attributes of the predecessor successor elements 前驱与后继元素的属性

Table 25:

Attributes of the lane width element 车道宽度元素的属性

Table 26:

Attributes of the lane border element 车道边界元素的属性

Table 27:

Attributes of the lane type 车道类型的属性

Table 28:

Attributes of the lane material element 车道材质元素的属性

Table 29:

Attributes of the speed element 速度元素的属性

Table 30:

Attributes of the access element 使用元素的属性

Table 31:

Attributes of the lane height element 车道高度元素的属性

Table 32:

Attributes of the roadMark element - roadMark元素的属性

Table 33:

Attributes of the roadMark line element 线条元素的属性

Table 34:

Attributes of the roadMark type element - roadMark类型元素的属性

Table 35:

Attributes of the roadMark explicit line element - roadMark显性线条元素的属性

Table 36:

Attributes of the object laneValidity element 物体 laneValidity 元素的属性

Table 37:

Attributes of the lane sway element - lane sway 元素的属性

Table 38:

Attributes of the lane rule element 车道规则元素的属性

Table 39:

Attributes of the junction element 交叉口元素的属性

Table 40:

Attributes of the junction connection element 交叉口联接元素的属性

Table 41:

Attributes of the lane linkage of a connection element 联接元素的车道连接属性

Table 42:

Attributes of the priority element 优先级元素的属性

Table 43:

Attributes of a CRG element within a surface element 路面元素中CRG的属性

Table 44:

Attributes of the road surface CRG mode element 道路表面的CRG模式元素的属性

Table 45:

Attributes of the road surface CRG purpose - CRG用途的路面属性

Table 46:

Attributes of junction types 交叉口类型的属性

Table 47:

Attributes of the junctionGroup element 交叉口组元素的属性

Table 48:

Attributes of the junction reference element 交叉口引用元素的属性

Table 49:

Attributes of the junction controller element 交叉口控制器元素的属性

Table 50:

Attributes of the signal element 标志元素的属性

Table 51:

Attributes of the dependency element 依赖元素的属性

Table 52:

Attributes of the reference element 引用元素的属性

Table 53:

Attributes of the positionInertial element - positionInertial元素的属性

Table 54:

Attributes of the positionRoad element - positionRoad元素的属性

Table 55:

Attributes of the signalReference element - signalReference元素的属性

Table 56:

Attributes of the controller element of a signal 标志的控制器元素属性

Table 57:

Attributes of the control element 控制元素的属性

Table 58:

Attributes of the switch element 转辙器元素的属性

Table 59:

Attributes of the mainTrack element - mainTrack元素的属性

Table 60:

Attributes of the sideTrack element - sideTrack元素的属性

Table 61:

Attributes of the partner element 搭档元素的属性

Table 62:

Attributes of the station element 车站元素的属性

Table 63:

Attributes of the platform element 站台元素的属性

Table 64:

Attributes of the segment element 段元素的属性